Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Asset Management / Walker Crips Group / FY2022 Annual Report

Walker Crips Group
Annual Report 2022

WCW · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker WCW
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Asset Management
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · Walker Crips Group
Loading PDF…
Making investment  
rewarding

Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Key performance indicators

Performance in 2022 is set out below with data from preceding years.  
Year-on-year data is presented on a consistent basis providing measurable  
indicators. The Board monitors these KPIs regularly.

Breakdown of AUMA

£5.5bn

Commentary
The Group’s Assets Under Management and Administration (“AUMA”) as 
at 31 March 2022 saw a marginal increase of 1.8%, with overall levels 
reflecting markets declining in response to inflationary pressures brought 
on by world events.

Type of asset

a. Administration

b. Advisory

c. Discretionary

Total

2022 
£’bn

1.895

1.632

1.930

5.457

2021
£’bn

1.974

1.523

1.863

5.360

2020 
£’bn

1.541

1.292

1.479

4.312

2019 
£’bn

1.750

1.630

1.639

5.019

a. 

c. 

b.

Revenue

Operating profit

Transaction volume

£32.8m

2022 

2021 

2020 

£0.33m

£32.8m

2022

£0.33m

£30.3m

2021 

£0.02m

£31.4m

2020 

£1.09m

Commentary
An 8.1% increase in revenue from strong 
performances in our core business.

Commentary
The strong performance in our core business 
drove the Group’s return to profitability, but 
the 2022 results were negatively impacted by 
reorganisation and redundancy costs together 
with other significant exceptional costs.

Operating profit before  
exceptional items

£1.86m

2022 

2021

£0.44m

2020 

£0.72m

Total dividends  
(pence per share)

1.50p

2022 

2021 

2020 

0.75p

0.60p

£1.86m

1.50p

Commentary
A good indication of the strength in our 
core business.

Commentary
With improving financial performance and 
strengthening of our core business the 
Directors look to reward shareholders for their 
continued support.

124,421

300,000

285,000

270,000

255,000

240,000

225,000

210,000

195,000

180,000

165,000

150,000

135,000

120,000

105,000

90,000

75,000

60,000

45,000

30,000

15,000

0

2020

2021

2022

Commentary
Trading volumes have returned to lower levels 
since the hyperactivity witnessed at the height 
of the pandemic. 

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022During over a hundred 
years of experience in 
managing investments for 
our clients, we have seen 
many challenging periods, 
resurgences and booms. 
Walker Crips’ predecessors 
first bought and sold shares 
for clients on the London 
Stock Exchange in 1914.

We are a cohort of people, both employed and 
self-employed, within a culture of constant 
development and commitment to serve our 
clients fairly and to help them grow their 
investments in line with their goals and risk 
appetites.

We continue to make progress as we cultivate 
our technology to strengthen our Group, increase 
efficiency and deliver value for our stakeholders.

S

C

F

Strategic report
At a glance 
Chairman’s statement 
Financial highlights 
CEO’s statement 
Our strategy and business model 
Chief Investment Officer’s analysis 
Finance Director’s review 
Supporting our community 
Principal risks and uncertainties 
Section 172 (1) Statement 
Environmental strategy (including TCFD) 

Corporate governance
Board of Directors 
Chairman's commentary on governance  
Report by the Directors on  
corporate governance matters 
Audit Committee report 
Remuneration report 
Directors’ report 
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities 

Financial statements
Independent auditor’s report to the  
members of Walker Crips Group plc 
Consolidated income statement 
Consolidated statement of  
comprehensive income 
Consolidated statement of financial position 
Consolidated statement of cash flows 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity 
Notes to the accounts 
Company balance sheet 
Company statement of changes in equity 
Notes to the Company accounts 
Officers and professional advisers 

1

2
4
6
8
10
12
16
20
22
26
28

32
34

35
40
44
51
54

55
61

62
63
64
65
66
93
94
95
103

This report forms part of our wider communications suite. But as part of our 
commitment to being a sustainable business operating in the right manner, 
we want to reduce our carbon footprint on the world. With that in mind, 
we would like you to consider opting for digital pdfs in the future. We will 
be empowering our online experience and ensuring that you get the same 
Walker Crips experience of our Annual Reports online.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 20222

At a glance

The Walker Crips Group offers investment 
management and wealth management 
services, pensions administration and 
related cloud-based technology solutions.

Our offices
Walker Crips operates 
10 offices throughout the 
UK, headed and staffed 
by dedicated individuals.

Offices in the UK

10

  London (head office)
  Birmingham
  Bristol
  Epping
  Inverness
  Newbury
  Solent
  Truro
  Wymondham
  York

Key
    Head office
    Branch

Strategic reportWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

3

At Walker Crips, our mission 
is to help our clients navigate 
intimidating and ever more 
complex investment markets, 
through our highly capable 
people and technology. 

Years of looking after clients

Clients across the UK

108
28,084

(2021: 32,904)

Total Assets Under Management 
and Administration

£5.5bn

(2021: £5.4bn)

Wealth management 
Preserving and nurturing client wealth
Our wealth management team assists clients 
in financial planning by learning about them as 
people and understanding their requirements. 
As independent financial advisers, Walker Crips 
Wealth Management (“WCWM”) provides 
guidance on an extensive range of financial 
matters such as life assurance, pre-retirement 
planning, at-retirement advice, savings plans, 
tax-efficient management of investments and 
estate planning.

Pensions
Serving clients to better care for their futures
Through Self-Invested Personal Pensions (“SIPP”) 
and Small Self-Administered Schemes (“SSAS”), 
our pensions administration team assists clients 
in efficiently exercising control over their SIPP 
pension fund investments. They also provide 
company directors with the infrastructure using 
SSAS to grow pension funds for their retirement.

EnOC Technologies
Engineering out complexities (“EnOC”)
Our Software as a Service ("SaaS") division 
continues to provide cloud-based software 
solutions to our business partners. EnOC’s aim 
is to close the technology gap by providing 
companies of all sizes access to enterprise level 
technology and software. 

Investment management
Private Clients
Our Private Client teams and our associate 
investment managers provide discretionary 
services, both model and bespoke, and advisory 
services to our clients. 

Investment Management
Our professional investment managers and advisers 
provide clients with a wide range of services to suit 
their life and financial goals, balanced with their 
risk profiles. These services are supported by our 
wealth of experience, knowledge, and technological 
systems. Our model portfolios provide a range of 
risk-managed investment strategies, designed to 
reflect our team’s centralised views on macro-
economic and market trends, and emphasis 
on implementation using collective investment 
schemes where appropriate.

Structured Investments
Specialist products offered by Walker Crips 
Structured Investments (“WCSI”) provide 
carefully considered investment opportunities 
to investors through professional financial 
intermediaries. Our structured investment 
plans are designed to complement traditional 
investment strategies, offering alternative 
exposure to a wide range of markets and 
counterparties.

Alternative Investments
We have a successful International Equity 
Arbitrage team that is continually looking 
at market opportunities.

On 17 February 2022, the Government 
announced the immediate closure of the Tier 1 
Visa programme for all new applicants, which has 
resulted in the cessation of this business line for 
new clients. However, existing clients with entry 
clearance to remain as Tier 1 Investor Migrants, 
can remain in the programme until its natural 
conclusion.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 20224

Chairman’s  
statement

Return to operational profitability 
and continued focus on improving 
operating margins.

Martin Wright
Chairman

The combination of the recovery in 
financial markets and focus on profit 
improvement has seen the Group 
return to profit for the full year. The 
core business delivered a strong 
performance, and continues to do so 
in the first part of our new financial 
year, albeit the impact of good growth 
in revenues and improving margins 
were marred by the exceptional 
costs we are reporting and which are 
explained further below and in the 
CEO’s report. At a strategic level, we 
continue to progress a number of 
projects that will incur additional costs 
in the near-term and, as I said in my 
statement for the interim report, the 
Investment Management division’s 
project to improve operating margins 
will be a long-term exercise, with the 
overall impact on operating margins 
expected to be positive, but unlikely 
to be smooth from reporting period 
to reporting period.

Overview of 2021/2022
The tumultuous events that accompanied my first 
year as Chairman of your company have been 
succeeded by conditions that are, mercifully, less 
traumatic but which, perhaps, still deserve to be 
labelled as extraordinary. The rapid rise of inflation 
to 40-year highs has made management strategy 
and investment conditions tricky, to say the least, 
and markets are understandably struggling to 
cope with the impact.

The rewards of Management’s efforts to reduce 
costs during the pandemic, accompanied by the 
more-benign market conditions which applied 
throughout the first three quarters of the financial 
year, gave the Group breathing space to focus 
on improving operating margins within the 
Investment Management division, in tandem 
with the ongoing efforts to renew growth in the 
Wealth Management division. That strategy is 
bearing fruit and should continue to do so over 
the longer-term.

I am also pleased to report that the Structured 
Investments business has bounced back from its 
annus horribilis of the previous year, under the 
guidance of its new managers, and I wish them 
continued success. The Investment Management 
division, which includes the structured investment 
team, was the principal driver of growth in 
operating profits during the year, and the division’s 
performance was also enhanced by the improved 
contributions of the investment management 
teams in the firm’s York, London and Inverness 
offices and the Barker Poland Asset Management 
team in London. We were disappointed that 
two investment managers from the division’s 
Truro office have departed. Having spent eight 
successful years in Truro, we are committed to 
maintaining a local presence, and will continue 
to serve our existing clients. I thank our team 
members who have stepped in to provide 
continuity to our clients, while we recruit locally. 

As set out in the financial highlights, revenues for 
the year grew by £2.5 million to £32.8 million and 
Adjusted EBITDA* increased by £1.29 million to 
£3.90 million (2021: £2.61 million), an incremental 
operating margin of 51.6% and testament to 
Management’s focus on margin improvement. It 
is therefore extremely disappointing that the very 
welcome improvements in financial performance 
generally have been undermined by a number 
of matters that have given rise to significant 
exceptional costs. Although certain exceptional 
costs relate to the restructuring initiated during 
the pandemic, those required firstly to improve 
our financial crime framework and separately for 
the estimated cost of redress to a small number of 
customers caused by the actions of one associate, 
were neither anticipated nor acceptable. We are 
making the changes necessary to address these 
matters and the associate concerned has been 
sanctioned. I would add that insurers have been 
informed of the redress matter, although at this 
stage no recovery has been recognised in the 
accounts pending finalisation of the loss and 
insurer’s confirmation of cover. The Group is taking 
all appropriate measures to ensure losses in relation 
to this matter are recovered. I can also confirm 
that the Executive Directors were not awarded the 
discretionary bonuses approved by shareholders at 
last year’s Annual General Meeting. 

Results have also been hampered by the residual 
effect of the decline in Bank of England base rates 
during the previous year and lower contributions 
from the Group’s alternative businesses.

After exceptional costs, the Group’s profit before 
tax for the year is £324,000, an improvement on 
the loss of £114,000 reported in the previous year. 
The exceptional costs noted are non-recurring and 
therefore, given the underlying improvement in 
trading, the Directors are recommending a final 
dividend of 1.20 pence per share, doubling the 
previous year’s final dividend.

Strategic reportWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

5

Directors, Account Executives  
and staff
Whilst I am hopeful that the challenging period 
of the pandemic is behind us all, and pleased 
to have reported a return to profit, the Group 
nevertheless faces challenges ahead. This includes 
acknowledging and making the necessary changes 
to our culture, leadership team, behaviours and 
controls to mitigate recurrence of the failures that 
gave rise to the exceptional costs noted above. We 
know these costs and the reasons therefore will 
be disappointing news for our shareholders. Your 
Directors and the leadership team are focused on 
the required changes and the need to make them 
without distracting from the many positive actions 
being taken to grow the business and improve 
margins. I would like to thank my fellow Directors, 
our investment managers and advisers and all 
members of staff for their efforts, resilience and 
continued commitment to the highest levels of 
client service, support and diligence.

Outlook
The rebound in the underlying trading 
performance this year demonstrates the Group's 
potential to generate revenue growth and improve 
profitability, which continues to bode well for  
the future.

Martin Wright
Chairman

29 July 2022

*  Adjusted EBITDA represents earnings before 

interest, taxation, depreciation and amortisation, 
and exceptional items. The Directors present this 
result as it is a metric widely used by stakeholders 
when considering an entity’s financial performance. 
A full reconciliation to IFRS results is provided in the 
Finance Director’s review on page 17.

Strategy
The pandemic demonstrated the resilience of the 
core Investment Management business, which, 
exceptional costs aside, has bounced back robustly. 
The Wealth Management business has rebounded 
from adviser and client losses during the previous 
year and its recruitment strategy has started to 
produce revenue growth. The York office, which is 
home to our biggest Wealth Management team 
and one of our largest Investment Management 
teams, leads the firm in its ability to derive 
revenue-synergies from both types of service, and 
points the way forward for the rest of the Group in 
generating top-line growth. We hope to replicate 
that close working relationship between the 
Wealth Management division’s new Solent office 
and our other teams of investment managers 
around the country.

The Group’s seamless transition to flexible 
working, which is now more entrenched than ever 
as a working practice at our own and most other 
companies, justified our focus on technology. 
The Group believes that continued investment 
in technology is crucial to providing innovative 
and effective services to our clients, investment 
managers and staff. EnOC Technologies Limited’s 
project to commercialise our technology remains 
a key limb of our growth plan. The Group will 
therefore maintain its focus on revenue growth 
and margin improvement, and continue keeping 
a tight rein on costs in light of current inflationary 
pressures and the tight labour markets. 

Dividend
Our aim is always to reward our shareholders for 
their continued support. In that light, having taken 
into account the Group’s improved profitability 
and potential for continuing improved operating 
margins, capital headroom, and short-term and 
long-term cash flow considerations, the Board 
will recommend for shareholders’ approval at 
the forthcoming AGM for a final dividend of 
1.20 pence per share (2021: 0.60 pence) payable 
on 7 October 2022 to those shareholders on the 
register at the close of business on 23 September 
2022, with an ex-dividend date of 22 September 
2022. As noted earlier, this is a twofold increase on 
the previous year’s final dividend.

Our community
We believe that in challenging times, it is important 
that we continue to support our chosen charities. 
In addition to financial support, we try to do more 
by using our technology for good, engaging in 
technology philanthropy, and using technology as 
a catalyst to boost the efforts of those charities, 
working with them to design, deploy and maintain 
those systems.

Our partner charity, twiningenterprise.org.uk, 
has a mission to combat mental health stigma and 
to assist people who are struggling with mental 
health issues around work. Their goal is to ensure 
that everyone with a mental health issue can 
find employment and cope with the challenges 
of working life, to support employers and raise 
awareness around mental health in general and to 
reduce stigma and discrimination.

This is a mission whose work is crucial, as has been 
highlighted during this pandemic. We urge you to 
join us by signing on to support Twining in their 
mission, staying informed of their latest news and 
activities, and support them financially by going 
to enoc.pro/community.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 20226

Financial highlights

Capitalising on the strength of the underlying business – A strong performance 
in the underlying business, albeit marred by exceptional costs impacting the 
results for the year, means the Group increases its final dividend in respect 
of the year to 1.20 pence per share, doubling the previous year.

Revenue

Operating profit

Profit before tax

Total revenues increased 8.1% to £32.8 
million (2021: £30.3 million).

A significant improvement in operating profit to 
£326,000 (2021: £22,000), being £1,866,000 
(2021: £441,000) when adjusted for operational 
exceptional items*.

Profit before tax £324,000 (2021: loss 
before tax £114,000), being profit before tax 
£1,761,000 (2021: £305,000) when adjusted 
for total exceptional items*.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA increased 49% to  
£3.90 million (2021: £2.61 million)**.

*     Exceptional items are disclosed in note 10 to the accounts and a full reconciliation to IFRS results is presented in the 

Finance Director’s review on page 17.

**   Adjusted EBITDA represents earnings before interest, taxation, depreciation and amortisation, and exceptional items. 
The Directors present this result as it is a metric widely used by stakeholders when considering an entity’s financial 
performance. A full reconciliation to IFRS results is provided in the Finance Director’s review on page 17.

***  Underlying cash generated from operations represents the cash generated from operations adjusted for lease liability 

payments under IFRS 16, non-cyclical working capital movements and exceptional items. The Directors consider that this 
metric helps readers understand the cash generating performance of the Group. A full reconciliation to the IFRS results is 
provided in the Finance Director’s review on page 17.

Strategic reportWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

7

Underlying cash generated from operations 
improved 71% to £1.34 million  
(2021: £0.78 million)***.

Underlying cash 
generated

Cash and cash equivalents  
£11.11 million (2021: £8.86 million).

Assets Under Management (“AUM”)  
increased by 5.9% to £3.6 billion  
(2021: £3.4 billion).

Proposed final dividend of 1.20 pence per 
share (2021: 0.60 pence per share), bringing the 
total dividends for the year to 1.50 pence per 
share (2021: 0.75 pence per share).

Cash and cash 
equivalents

Assets Under 
Management

Proposed final 
dividend

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 20228

CEO’s statement

Our values
We serve our clients with the following values:

Integrity

Courtesy

Fairness

Loyalty

I am proud that our investment 
managers, financial planners, 
advisers, and our staff have continued 
to serve our customers diligently 
through the global challenges of  
the past few years. There was a job  
to be done, and they got it done.  
I am thankful to, and grateful for,  
all my colleagues for ensuring that  
our customers were well taken care  
of, without interruption in service. 

After nearly two years of working from home, 
we have now comfortably settled into a hybrid 
working model where members can either 
work all week in the office, desk-share a few 
days a week, hot-desk once in a while, or work 
from home, depending on the needs of the 
department while balancing the needs of the 
staff. This can only work if there’s mutual trust 
and responsibility, and I’m pleased to say that we 
have both in spades. As long as our performance 
and customer engagement remains high, hybrid 
working can continue. 

Group’s performance
In our Investment Management division, we 
were sensitive to the dual risk of a simultaneous 
fall in asset values and a decline in interest 
income, but we reviewed and streamlined 
certain parts of our business during the past two 
years which led to significant improvements in 
operating margins and profitability. 

Innovating, digitising 
and focusing on 
customer outcomes

Sean Lam
Chief Executive Officer

We will accelerate our effort to simplify and 
digitise our business further, making our 
business more efficient, more scalable, but still 
providing good outcomes to our customers. 
We will continue to improve the revenue-
growth potential of the existing businesses, 
generate greater profitability from such growth 
opportunities, while also maintaining a tight 
control of, and increasing the productivity of, our 
cost-base. The division generally had a strong 
year, with robust, double-digit growth in fee 
income offsetting the decline in commissions 
and interest income. 

Our Wealth Management and Barker Poland 
Asset Management divisions have also had 
a year of strong revenue growth. Our new 
Solent branch in Fareham has had a great 
start and contributed strongly to the Wealth 
Management division. Our York office has 
worked very well together, providing financial 
planning, investment management and pensions 
(SIPP and  SSAS) services, working together for 
our customers. The investment team continues 
to manage the firm’s flagship Service First 
model portfolios, Inheritance Tax Relief model 
portfolios, and has oversight over the Truro 
branch, ensuring that we maintain our service 
offering to our customers in Cornwall. 

Our Structured Investments team contributed 
to the Investment Management division’s 
performance with significant growth in fee 
income, as the industry bounced back vigorously 
from a very difficult last financial year. Walker 
Crips is now the leading structured products 
distributor in the UK and we thank the team for 
holding fast during the difficulties of last year, 
where one of the most significant players exited 
the market completely, and we are now poised to 
capitalise on the opportunities of this year.

Challenges
We continue to invest heavily in our regulatory 
framework. Regulation continues to move 
forward unabated and we must adapt swiftly.  
The next big regulatory initiative is Consumer 
Duty which, amongst other things, places 
emphasis on consumer outcomes and firms’ 
obligations to proactively deliver them. Firms 
are required to take all reasonable steps to avoid 
causing foreseeable harm to customers, enabling 
them to pursue their financial objectives, and 
always act in good faith towards them.

During the year, the Investment Management 
division incurred significant costs that have been 
designated exceptional in the accounts that 
follow and explained in note 10 to the financial 
statements, including two material items I want to 
address upfront. The first relates to expenditure to 
upgrade and improve our financial crime control 
framework, which was subject to an independent 
review. I wish to stress that there has been no 
evidence of financial crime, but our controls and 
procedures around this area needed significant 
improvement. The remediation and enhancement 
project commenced during the year and the total 
estimated cost of £595,000 has been provided 
for. Secondly, and separate from upgrading and 
improving our financial crime control framework, 
we identified that there was inappropriate 
conduct by an associate that caused financial 
detriment to a small number of customers. 
The associate concerned has been sanctioned 
and their contract terminated, and whilst we 
should have identified it in a timelier manner, 
Management is satisfied that this was an isolated 
incident. All relevant parties have been informed, 
including the regulator, and we are in the process 
of finalising the redress calculation which is 
presently estimated to be £650,000 including 
associated costs before any potential insurance 
recoveries. Any future recovery will also be treated 
as an exceptional item.

Strategic reportWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

9

We can all do our part in reducing our carbon 
footprint:

  REFUSE – Avoid buying harmful, wasteful 

or non-recyclable products, e.g. unnecessary 
product packaging and single-use plastics. 
Don’t need, don’t buy. Less painful on the 
pocket too.

  REDUCE – Reduce the use of harmful, 

wasteful, and non-recyclable products so 
that fewer of them end up in landfill. Use 
the minimum required to avoid unnecessary 
waste. For example, don’t need, don’t print. 
Reduce single-use plastics, plastic packaging, 
and Styrofoam cups.

  REUSE – Get rid of the "buy and throw-away" 
mindset. Use what you have as often, and for 
as long, as you can. 

  REPAIR – Try to repair things before tossing 

them out.

  REPURPOSE – If something is no longer 
useful for its original purpose, think 
creatively of ways it can be broken down and 
reconstituted as something else. I am a big 
fan of upcycling!

  ROT – Compost if you can, try not to let your 

trash end up in landfill.

  RECYCLE – Make recycling your last step, 
after going through all the R’s above. 

We must purposefully and actively practise the seven 
“R”s at home and in the office, so that they become 
automatic and habitual. 

Outward focus
As a Group, we continue to support 
twiningenterprise.org.uk, the mental health 
charity. In addition to financial support, we also 
try to use our technology for good, through 
technology philanthropy. If you wish to find out 
more, or want to support Twining financially, 
please visit enoc.pro/community. 

Conclusion
As I conclude, I wish to reiterate our mission: to 
make investment rewarding for our customers, 
our shareholders and our staff, and to give 
our customers a fair deal. And we support our 
investment advisers and our staff by being a 
technology-driven financial services company.

I wish to thank all my colleagues at Walker Crips 
for their energy, enthusiasm, loyalty, dedication 
and their can-do attitude, and for their unwavering 
focus on ensuring that our customers are well 
looked after.

Sean Lam
Chief Executive Officer

29 July 2022

In light of these weaknesses, Management is 
embedding a broader review of the Group’s 
regulatory compliance framework to ensure our 
processes are at industry standards and are able 
to adapt to the changing regulatory landscape. 
Our financial planning and budgeting reflect this 
planned step-up in risk and compliance costs. 
We are also reinforcing a tenet of our core 
principles that “Compliance and Risk are 
everybody’s responsibility”, renewing our 
emphasis and setting the tone from the top.

During the year, the Group sold its one-third 
share of its investment in Walker Crips Property 
Income Limited for £105,000. This will have 
minimal impact on our future revenues. We 
stopped onboarding new customers to the Tier 1 
Investor Visa programme in November 2021 and 
the government permanently closed the Tier 1 
(Investor) Visa route for foreign nationals on  
17 February 2022. For customers who are already 
in the programme, we will continue to service 
them until its natural conclusion. 

Nevertheless, the Group is able to report a profit 
before tax of £324,000 for the full year after 
all exceptional items, an improvement on the 
£114,000 loss reported in the previous year. This 
was assisted by the return to growth of the core 
businesses of investment management, wealth 
management and structured investments.

Technology advantage
We will accelerate our vision to “Simplify and 
Digitise”. We will do what we do but we must do 
it better, faster, and more economically. We will 
use our EnOC Pro Platform to create technologies 
that will transform processes, create greater 
efficiencies, reduce the use of paper, provide 
better services to our customers, and allow our 
staff to do the more complex, thinking work 
and less of the manual repetitive processes. 
We must continue to adapt and innovate, 
and our dependence on technology will only 
increase. We will continue to prioritise and invest 

in developing our own technology, utilising our 
digital capabilities to create and innovate for 
our customers and the firm. We are technology 
makers, not just technology takers.

Reducing our carbon footprint
If we want our children to see tomorrow, like  
we saw yesterday, then let’s not screw up today. 
We must not pillage the earth like a Ponzi 
scheme; it is unconscionable to plunder from 
the future to satisfy today. Put simply, we must 
safeguard our planet for our children, and for  
our children’s children. 

We consciously began our journey in small  
teps back in 2007 when we moved offices. 
We installed PIR lighting, refurbished the old 
doors instead of buying new (surprisingly, it costs 
the same!), and for the first time embarked on 
a de-papering exercise. In 2013, we decided to 
better utilise cloud services which resulted in the 
long-term reduction of our server room size by 
75%, reducing heat emissions by requiring fewer 
on-site servers, less air conditioning and less 
electricity. Our lighting is powered by low-energy 
consumption LEDs. 

Hybrid working is here to stay, and we are 
currently merging some of our offices to better 
utilise our available square footage. We have 
turned off excess appliances like refrigerators 
and dishwashers. It may seem minuscule, but it 
all adds up. We are also persuading the landlords 
of our buildings to sign up with “green” energy 
suppliers using sustainable resources. One of our 
mantras is to “Simplify and Digitise”; digitisation 
increases efficiencies and reduces the drain on 
resources. We have engaged carbon emission 
auditors to determine our carbon output, and our 
goal is to continue to reduce it each year. Time is 
running out for our planet, so it needs to be more 
like a sprint, and less like a marathon.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 202210

Our strategy and business model

Our strategy – We are committed to 
growing our core business and to do  
so with greater efficiency, which has 
helped us emerge from a challenging  
year last year and maintains our focus  
on improving profitability. 

Core business

Companion services

Software as a service

Nurture and promote  
our core business
This is our largest revenue generator, 
providing clients with investment, 
wealth, pensions, collectives advice 
and the creation of structured 
investments and structured deposits 
for clients, IFAs and counterparties. 
We aim to both grow organically by 
home-growing investment managers, 
as well as attracting new investment 
managers with established client lists.

Identify higher margin alternative 
investment business
This subset of our core Investment 
Management business is where we 
create innovative and higher margin 
new business lines.

Identify and close the 
technology gap
Systems development is a core 
competency and we create much 
of our own technology, allowing us 
to build and integrate many of our 
systems into one central platform. 
Our offerings have been taken up by 
external customers, and we continue 
to develop products to meet various 
needs in staff management.

Strategic reportWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

11

Our business model – The Walker Crips 
Group operates within the financial 
services industry and specialises in 
providing a range of financial services 
and financial products to our customers. 
Our core business is the provision 
of investment management, wealth 
management, pensions administration, 
collectives model portfolio and structured 
investments. And through our Software as 
a Service subsidiary, EnOC Technologies, 
we create technology for the Group and 
our business partners. 

Our people

Our culture

The backbone of our business
Our workforce comprises highly experienced and qualified specialists in 
investment management, financial advice, and pensions administration, 
as well as a cohort of new generation members who will provide 
continuity into the future, all with a clear focus on customer engagement 
and customer outcomes. Our cadre of dedicated, loyal and experienced 
people across our business is focused on serving our clients.

Management are proud and privileged to be working alongside all the 
members of the Walker Crips family, and are grateful for all their hard 
work and their dedication to our clients and to the Group.

Investing in a future that works  
for everyone
Walker Crips started advising clients and dealing in securities in 
1914. We uphold the long-standing traditional values of honesty and 
integrity, and our mission is to make investment rewarding for our 
clients, our shareholders and our staff and give our customers a fair 
deal. We encourage a culture of compliance and adherence to rules and 
regulations to ensure that client interests are protected. We support 
our investment managers and our staff by being a technology-driven 
financial services company.

Through our technology core competency, we strive to innovate, and 
build systems that will primarily serve our investment managers, our 
advisers, our staff, and our clients. Through our Software as a Service 
division, we also deploy proprietary technology to our business partners.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 202212

Chief Investment  
Officer's analysis

Long after the peak in equity 
markets, signs of speculation 
in the mega-caps were still 
abundant, with announcements 
of stock splits by US technology 
companies greeted by extremely 
outsized responses. 

Chris Darbyshire
Chief Investment Officer

Having reached peak exuberance 
during the year, investor sentiment 
ended up accelerating into the 
trough of despair. But it was a hard-
fought contest and, for much of the 
year, the enormous amounts of cash 
being pumped into the economy 
by central banks and governments 
continued to find their way into 
financial assets. The nature of 
the assets being bought showing 
very clearly who was doing the 
buying: analysts at Bank of America 
estimated that American retail 
investors poured nearly $900 billion 
into global equity funds in the year 
to November 2021, more than the 
combined total over the previous 
19 years. Robust inflows continued 
right through the inflation shock 
and the situation in Ukraine, with US 
equity funds taking in an estimated 
$84 billion in the first calendar 
quarter of 2022. Meanwhile, US 
corporate share buybacks reached 
all-time highs during our financial 
year, and were still accelerating as 
the year ended.

The vast majority of flows were captured by 
index trackers, reinforcing the dominance of 
the world’s largest companies which, in turn, 
reinforced the dominance of the technology 
sector. Flush with money and enthusiasm, 
investors in the US ignored a growing, 
global wave of anti-technology lawsuits and 
regulations. Indeed, as recently as December, a 
three-times leveraged fund tracking the Nasdaq 
100 stock index saw record inflows (of $1.5 
billion) in a single day. At the same time, Apple’s 
market value reached nearly 3% of the value of 
all the world’s stock markets combined, and the 
top five US technology companies represented 
over 10% of the world’s stock market value. Not 
only did the behemoths lead indexes higher, but 
they did so with an unusual serenity for most 
of the year: at one point in the fourth calendar 
quarter of 2021, the S&P 500 rose to all-time 
highs for seven days in a row. Long after the 
peak in equity markets, signs of speculation 
in the mega-caps were still abundant, with 
announcements of stock splits by US technology 
companies greeted by extremely outsized 
responses. Alphabet (Google) enjoyed a $130 
billion boost to its market value on the day of 
the announcement, Amazon saw an $80 billion 
boost for its stock split and, more recently, Tesla 
an $84 billion boost. 

As a result, equity markets were able to maintain 
their relative calm while bond markets entered 
an inflation-inspired meltdown, but that’s now 
history, of course. Within two months of the end 
of 2021, the capital markets were in panic mode, 
catalysed by inflation and the war in Ukraine. 
Indeed, markets themselves have now become 
the headlines, and not in a good way. Having 
spent most of the last two years blithely ignoring 
any and all risks, many investors have no choice 
but to focus only on risk.

Nothing captured the zeitgeist better than the 
cryptocurrency universe, whose total market value 
exceeded $2 trillion in April 2021, supposedly 
driven by “institutional” demand as traditional 
asset managers discovered its true value. To put 
that in perspective, $2 trillion exceeded the cash 
in circulation of most national currencies, and 
you could have bought the entire German stock 
market with it. At one point the government of 
El Salvador caught the speculative bug with its 
historic, but ultimately botched, decision to make 
Bitcoin legal tender. Other governments moved in 
the other direction: central banks in the developed 
world began to encircle the technology with the 
threat of regulation, and China went all-out when 
it declared all crypto-currency transactions to be 
illegal. In case anybody missed it, this edict was 
issued simultaneously by the People’s Bank of 
China and nine other government institutions, 
including the Supreme Court and the police. 
Cryptos were already losing value by the end of 
the year as the inflows of cash required to pump 
prices higher began to subside and, subsequent 
to the year-end, there has been a more substantial 
implosion caused by failures of the technologies 
involved. Books about cryptocurrencies will soon 
take their place in the economic literature about 
speculative bubbles.

Strategic reportWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

13

The mood darkened further, however, as 
successive inflation reports outstripped 
forecasters’ expectations, and inflation spread 
from pandemic-affected goods to the broader 
service economy. With higher house prices 
also feeding into higher rental costs, a major 
component of inflation calculations, a higher 
trajectory for inflation was locked-in.

China went from investable to 
uninvestable, and back again
Having been the lead underwriter of global 
economic growth since the Credit Crunch, China 
spent the year in reverse gear. China’s economy 
was the first to lose some momentum following 
the pandemic, as the central bank acted early to 
tighten interest rates and the costs of financing. 
The Chinese government, meanwhile, reined in 
borrowing by heavily-indebted local authorities 
to fund infrastructure projects. A series of high-
profile corporate restructurings dealt a further 
blow to China’s economic credibility, starting 
with Huarong Asset Management, a state-owned 
enterprise and one of China’s biggest issuers. 
Huarong threatened to default on $42 billion 
of debt, of which $23 billion was denominated 
in US dollars and held by foreigners. This was 
followed by the effective bankruptcy of the 
giant, debt-laden Chinese property company 
Evergrande, whose debt burden was estimated 
by some sources to be equivalent to 2-3% of 
Chinese GDP.

But what really scared investors was a year-long 
regulatory crackdown on technology companies. 
First was the authorities’ cancellation of the 
flotation of Ant Financial, one of the largest 
initial public offerings ever planned, apparently 
following public criticisms by its founder, Jack Ma, 
of China’s regulatory approach to the finance 
sector. Jack Ma disappeared from view for 
several months afterwards, but was back in the 
spotlight recently when another of his creations, 
internet giant Alibaba Group Holdings, was fined 
a record $2.8 billion by Chinese regulators for 
anti-competitive practices. 

These fears moved to a whole new level of 
intensity with the announcement of probes into 
three Chinese companies that had listed on US 
stock exchanges within the last few weeks. One of 
them, Didi Global (the Chinese version of on-line 
taxi company Uber), had listed on the New York 
Stock Exchange a mere two days previously. All 
three companies were ordered to halt new user 
registrations, and app stores were told to remove 
Didi’s service from their platforms. That the 
authorities were targeting Chinese companies 
that have just raised money in the US should 
be seen in the context of the broader trade war 
between China and the developed world. By doing 
this, Beijing demonstrated its dislike of overseas 
listings, discouraged Chinese technology firms 
from having foreign investors and, moreover, 
undermined the credibility of the New York Stock 
Exchange as a venue for Chinese listings. Capital 
markets became weaponised. This would normally 
have subdued capital markets in the developed 
world but, fortunately for investors, pandemic 
stimulus had replaced Chinese government 
stimulus as the driver of sentiment. 

The rise of inflation and the fall  
of central bankers 
A sharp acceleration in inflationary forces first 
became visible in the economic data in May 
2021, but it was fully six months before bond 
markets began to pay much attention. By then, 
expectations for inflation had already doubled. 
Month after month, as each inflation report 
trounced expectations, bonds refused to concede 
defeat. In July 2021, for example, German 
government 10-year bonds rallied by the most 
since the start of the pandemic. It was a similar 
story across the rest of the developed world, with 
bonds rallying despite economic growth roaring 
back and inflation surging towards its highs of 
the last two decades. 

Central bankers were complicit in the delusion. 
As late as August, Federal Reserve Chairman 
Powell was reiterating his view that the surge in 
inflation was only temporary and, not only would 
the asset purchases continue in the near-term, 
but any “tapering” of asset purchases would 
not be accompanied by higher interest rates. 
At that time, Chairman Powell was unwilling to 
pick a fight with markets, even if that meant 
running more inflation risk and further inflating 
asset-price bubbles. Everything was priced for 
perfection, but with a massive, post-pandemic 
rebound in the economy, record levels of 
corporate profits, and ultra-loose monetary 
policy providing maximum support, perfection 
was still very much on the menu. By the end of 
the year, inflation had more than doubled but 
$300 billion a month was still being injected into 
government bond markets via asset purchase 
programmes. The monetary policy needle was 
still set to “maximum growth”, and bond markets 
had begun to reflect uncertainty around the 
extent, duration and consequences of inflation.

The Federal Reserve’s (“the Fed”) credibility was 
further undermined by reports in the media that 
Fed officials had front-run crucial decisions by 
the central bank, and that the Chairman’s own 
portfolio had been advantaged by the choice of 
assets under the Fed’s asset purchase programme. 
The officials concerned immediately liquidated 
their personal portfolios, and the Chairman 
initiated a review of the rules on investments by 
Fed insiders. As a result, Fed officials were forced 
to exit markets in their personal portfolios, while 
simultaneously facing the biggest policy dilemma 
since the Credit Crunch. 

Within a couple of months, the energy crisis had 
begun to materialise and central banks went 
from dismissing inflation as being “transitory” 
to inflation being their main concern. At first, 
only the tone changed, while the existing policy 
guidance was left intact. However, bond markets 
weren’t buying it, prompting gut-wrenching shifts 
in rate expectations all around the world. Such 
was the momentum that, at one point, investors 
were able to observe in real time the President 
of the European Central Bank (“ECB”) explaining 
at length why the ECB would not be raising rates 
anytime soon while, simultaneously, Eurozone 
bond yields rocketed into orbit. It was like a visit 
to the Hall of Mirrors. 

By now, Fed governors were queuing up to signal 
a faster withdrawal from the Fed’s $120 billion 
a month asset-purchase programme but, in a 
sign of the times, markets initially reacted with 
exuberance. Equity markets hit new all-time highs 
in December and even Bond markets managed 
a decent rally during the fourth calendar quarter 
of 2021. It was January before they finally got 
the message: bond markets shifted from steady 
eddies to screaming demons in a regime change 
of record-breaking rapidity. 

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 202214

Chief Investment Officer's 
analysis continued

Meanwhile, the rapid downward spiral in US-
China political and trade relations continued. 
President Biden put another nail in the coffin 
with a ban on investment in a blacklist of 
Chinese companies with ties to China’s military; 
US investors were given one year to divest any 
holdings. The legislation was a continuation 
of an initiative started by President Trump, 
but Biden took it a step further, adding more 
companies to the list and strengthening it 
against legal challenges. International investors 
and global corporates were faced with a 
dilemma: Chinese markets are attractive because 
the economic growth expectations are huge. 
But to participate you have to bow-down to the 
powers in Beijing, while running the gauntlet of 
western public opinion.

Adding to these issues, the pandemic continued 
to cause serious problems for China’s economy 
due to the government’s zero-tolerance 
approach to managing Covid risk. Although the 
onset of the Omicron variant initially panicked 
markets all over the world, causing the worst 
daily decline in more than a year, it took only 
a month for developed world stock markets to 
shrug it off. This largely reflected the response 
of western consumers, whose behaviour 
(influenced by vaccination programmes) 
has been progressively less affected by each 
wave of the virus. China’s zero-Covid policy, 
on the other hand, which was so effective at 
containing the first wave of the pandemic, has 
led to a lack of acquired immunity. Moreover, 
Sinovac, the Chinese Covid vaccine, was found 
to be relatively ineffective against Omicron – a 
result that increases the risk of any given variant 
causing a healthcare crisis. This makes it very 
unlikely that China will be able to alter its zero-
tolerance approach to Covid even if it wanted 
to, and increases the likelihood of Chinese 
factory closures, further global supply chain 
blockages and persistent inflation.

The Chinese off-shore stock market, and its 
technology sector in particular, reflected this 
sequence of disasters. The Hang Seng China 
Enterprises Index, which measures the prices of 
Chinese companies listed in Hong Kong, fell by 
32% during our financial year, and subsequently 
fell another 10% on top of that. The Nasdaq 
Golden Dragon Index, an index of Chinese 
companies listed in the US, fell 70% from peak-
to-trough. Even the on-shore domestic equity 
markets, which were reported to have benefited 
from government support, traded below the 
levels reached in 2015.

Following our year-end, the pendulum swung 
back in favour of investors, with a series of 
supportive statements from the authorities, 
including from President Xi himself. First among 
them, the top Chinese financial regulator 
committed to stability in capital markets, 
supporting overseas stock listings, resolving risks 
in the property market and to completing the 
crackdown on the technology sector “as soon as 
possible.” The Nasdaq Golden Dragon Index of 
Chinese companies listed in America promptly 
rallied by a third. At one point, the Hang Seng 
China Enterprises Index, comprising Chinese 
companies listed in Hong Kong, rallied by 20% 
in two days. Next, the central bank intervened 
to weaken the Chinese yuan, and the Chinese 
government distanced itself from the conflict in 
Ukraine. Finally, President Xi offered the prospect 
of a change in the country’s longstanding zero-
Covid policy by committing to reduce Covid’s 
economic impact. Optimists described this as 
akin to Draghi’s “we will do whatever it takes” 
moment during the eurozone crisis. While the 
pace of good news-flow has slowed somewhat 
since then, such public statements are usually 
perceived by Chinese investors as a state-
sanctioned buy-signal. 

How did we do?
The year started with our clients’ portfolios 
enjoying some of the best returns in years, 
with UK shares having been caught up in the 
all-encompassing global stock market rally. 
The further down the size-scale you went, the 
better it got: the FTSE 100 index had rallied but 
was outshone by small and mid-sized British 
companies, where our portfolios are typically 
overweight compared with relevant benchmarks. 
The FTSE 250, which tracks the performance  
of small and mid-sized British companies, 
reached new all-time highs early in our financial 
year and the FTSE AIM, which tracks the smallest 
UK listed companies, rose to 35% above its  
pre-pandemic level. 

The pound sterling was the missing piece, 
however, as acrimonious post-Brexit dealings 
with the EU damaged confidence in the 
prospects for what is still the UK’s single 
biggest trading relationship. Threats by the 
British government to walk away from its treaty 
obligations with the EU set a worrying precedent 
and, at the very least, are hardly likely to 
encourage investment from the EU. Meanwhile 
the EU was aggressively encouraging providers 
of financial services – one of the UK’s biggest 
exports – to relocate within the single market. 

As the year went on, and the speculative fervour 
supporting small-cap stocks wore off, the FTSE 
100’s bias towards energy, mining and banking 
stocks meant it actually benefited from the surge 
in inflation, while most other global stock market 
indices slipped. Our portfolios benefited from an 
inherent overweight to UK large-cap exposure and 
to old-economy dividend-payers. The decision 
by European countries, notably Germany, to 
increase military expenditure predictably sent 
defence-related stocks soaring. This was a boon 
to a host of British companies. For the first time 
in nearly two decades, investors seeking income 
outperformed those seeking growth. It’s tempting 
to say that the long-running pre-eminence of 
growth stocks over value stocks has finally come 
to an end, but there have been many false dawns 
of this kind in the past. 

Clients seeking growth have been impacted by the 
crash in the valuations of growth stocks. However, 
the reversal in the market’s attitude to growth 
stocks has been indiscriminate, punishing some 
companies whose prospects for revenues and 
profits remain undimmed by inflationary trends. 
The ability of a company to prosper despite 
inflation, or even during a recession, depends 
on the strength of its brand, products and 
business model. It’s extremely unlikely that good 
companies become bad companies overnight, 
but that is what the market is pricing. Good 
companies are now available on very attractive 
valuations, and we are inclined to see this as an 
opportunity. Time will tell whether we are correct, 
but, for now, we do not believe that the current 
market swing towards value will endure long 
enough to justify wholesale changes to portfolios. 
We remain long term investors and believe the 
quality of the underlying investments will outlast 
this uncertainty.

Where now for ESG?
Progress towards a parallel, Environmental, 
Social and Governance (“ESG”) conscious world 
for investors is accelerating. Even central banks 
are getting in on the act. During our financial 
year, the European Central Bank set out plans 
to involve climate change considerations in its 
analysis of the economy and financial markets, 
the Bank of Japan published a climate change 
strategy, in which it will purchase foreign 
currency-denominated green bonds issued by 
governments and other foreign institutions. 
Meanwhile, the UK became the first country 
to introduce a green savings product from a 
sovereign issuer. 

Should investors be weighting portfolios towards 
ESG-friendly investments? With extreme 
weather events affecting the harvests of coffee, 
corn, wheat and sugar this year, sending their 
commodity-market prices soaring, and with 
wildfires and other extreme weather-events 
becoming seemingly commonplace, it’s natural 
to want to respond.

Strategic reportWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

15

The war in Ukraine may have caused some 
governments to roll back plans to mothball fossil 
fuel technologies, but it has also been a boon to 
energy generators everywhere, including those 
of renewable energy. Moreover, performance of 
ESG-friendly funds has been strong over the past 
several years, though that has more to do with 
their historically large allocations to the technology 
sector than their inherent ESG qualities.

Ultimately, all types of risk end up being 
financial if they cause asset prices to fluctuate. 
The ESG concept isolates and unites particular 
sources of risk under a common banner, which is 
increasingly being championed by governments, 
the financial services sector and regulators 
worldwide. It’s not unusual for major risks to 
attract this level of attention – witness the 
pandemic stimulus programmes that united 
governments and central banks in a coordinated 
policy response. 

The difference is that the “E” in ESG is going 
to be with us for a very long time. Unlike social 
and governance issues, climate-related risks 
have potentially profound and wide-ranging 
consequences for asset prices. The good news 
is that these will most likely unfold over a long 
horizon, giving investors – and asset prices – the 
ability to react appropriately. Financial theory 
says that competitive markets are very quick to 
assess and incorporate threats and opportunities, 
so it should not be easier to earn returns in ESG 
investments than in any other sector. But it’s 
worth considering the risks and potential rewards 
that are specific to this sector, and which make it 
so distinctive. One is the pace of climate change 
itself which, if it becomes very volatile, raises the 
risk of abrupt, unforeseen shifts in government 
policies. These would be reflected in increasing 
volatility of prices of fossil fuel-dependent 
industries as well as of green champions. 

Another distinct risk is whether, and how, 
societies adapt to the long-term goal of a zero-
emissions world. After all, adapting to the post-
Covid world has not exactly gone smoothly. Like 
vaccine-deniers, climate change-deniers abound, 
and society as a whole must bear the cost of the 
transition to sustainable energy production and 
consumption. With inflation already raging, that 
looks unlikely to be a vote-winner in the short-
term. Volatility in the pace of policy change is 
therefore a distinct possibility, despite the current 
momentum towards green goals. 

Chris Darbyshire
Chief Investment Officer

29 July 2022

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 202216

Finance Director's  
review

Our response to the pandemic 
challenged the Group to focus 
on revenue generation, cost 
reduction and cash management 
in the core business. 

Sanath Dandeniya
Finance Director

The business responded well to the 
challenges caused by the pandemic, 
and now we look to build on that 
resilience as the Group continues its 
focus on revenue growth and margin 
improvement.

Financial performance
Our response to the pandemic challenged the 
Group to focus on revenue generation, cost 
reduction and cash management in the core 
business. These actions served us well and the 
resilience of the core business, recovery in markets 
and actions taken have returned the Group to 
profitability, notwithstanding the inflationary 
pressures we now face and the significant 
investment we made and continue to make in 
strengthening our risk and compliance functions.

Total revenue
Total revenue increased by 8.1% to £32.8 million 
(2021: £30.3 million), a record for the Group 
and more than offsetting the loss in interest 
income that adversely impacted the results in 
recent years. The increase was due to strong 
performances in our core business. Management 
fee income was robust, rising by 9.7%. The 
recovery in markets played a role in this, but most 
of our businesses were also able to generate 
additional revenue growth, strengthening our 
position against the heightened uncertainty 
encountered in market conditions since the start 
of the current calendar year. Our Structured 
Investment business recovered from an 
extremely difficult year in 2020/21, and made 
a significant contribution to revenue growth. 
Barker Poland Asset Management also had 
another strong year, generating revenue growth 
of 19%. The Wealth Management division began 
to see the benefits of its recruitment drive, with 
revenue growth of 14.9%. 

These sources of revenue growth compensated 
for other areas of our business where 
performance was below that of the previous 
year. Specifically, trading commissions decreased 
by 10.5% (equating to £0.95 million) due to 
lower volumes, our arbitrage desk made a 
positive but reduced contribution (£0.67 million 
down), and the investor immigration business 
contracted by £0.1 million. This latter business 
has subsequently closed to new applicants 
following the government’s decision to shut 
the Tier 1 Investor Visa route based on rising 
worldwide security concerns, but we will continue 
to service our existing clients. The effects of the 
reduction in base rates from the previous year 
continued to exert a residual downward effect  
on revenues and operating profit, reducing both 
by £0.1 million.

As a result of the strength in management 
fees and the changing mix in our business, 
broking income fell to 24.5% of revenues, from 
29.7% in 2021. Our gross operating margin 
also increased from 68.2% to 72.4%, reflecting 
the changing mix and management actions 
to improve profitability. Notwithstanding 
the increase in revenues, commissions and 
fees paid reduced by £0.6 million, reflecting 
a strong performance by the Private Client 
Department teams and actions tilting the mix 
of revenue growth towards full-time employees 
and away from self-employed associates. 
Commissions and fees paid decreased as a 
percentage of revenues from 32% to 27.8%, 
although some of this gain was offset by 
higher staff costs in administrative expenses.

The Wealth Management division, excluding 
exceptional income and the new Solent addition, 
has seen a marginal growth in revenue in the 
year and the increase in both client numbers 
and Assets under Administration (“AUA”) bodes 
well for the future. Client numbers increased by 
144 to 1,117 and AUA increased by £61 million to 
£579 million. The new Solent office is now up and 
running and continuing to onboard new clients 
and recorded recurring revenues of £164,000 
by the year-end.

The Wealth Management division is continuing 
its graduate training plan which was successfully 
launched last year and replicated this July, 
with the idea of growing its talented financial 
planners of the future. Additionally, the continual 
search for advisers to join the firm who share the 
same ethos on looking after clients’ long-term 
and holistic needs. Working more closely with 
the internal investment managers is gaining 
momentum to facilitate greater client servicing 
for the wider Group.

Expenses
Administrative expenses, excluding exceptional 
items, increased by £1.63 million, or 8.0%, but 
this increase does not represent a like-for-like 
comparison due to various initiatives taken 
during the height of the pandemic last year to 
reduce costs. In addition, we have made further 
investments to develop our new Solent office. 
Adjusting for these factors, expenses increased 
by 5.4%, largely driven by increases in staff costs, 
including the restoration of Directors’ pay from 
a voluntary pay-cut taken in the previous year.  
It should be noted that with tight labour markets, 
we continue to experience inflationary wage 
pressures.

Strategic reportWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 202217

2021
 £’000

22 

419 

 411

2021 
 £’000

(114) 

419 

305

2021
 £’000

22 

419 

1,212 

961 

2,614

2021
 £’000

1,806 

(8) 

(1,133)

118

783

Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Reconciliation of operating profit to 
operating profit before exceptional items 

Operating profit 

Operating exceptional items (note 10) 

Operating profit before exceptional items 

Reconciliation of profit/(loss) before tax to  
profit before tax and total exceptional items 

Profit/(loss) before tax 

Total exceptional items (note 10) 

Profit before tax and exceptional items 

Adjusted EBITDA 

Operating profit 

Operating exceptional items (note 10) 

Amortisation/depreciation (note 31) 

Right-of-use assets depreciation charge (note 31) 

Adjusted EBITDA 

Underlying cash generated from operations 

Net cash inflow from operations 

Working capital (note 31) 

Lease liability payments under IFRS 16 (note 31) 

Cash outflow on operating exceptional items (note 10) 

Underlying cash generated in the period 

2022  
 £’000  

326 

 1,540  

 1,866 

2022  
 £’000  

324 

 1,437  

1,761 

2022  
 £’000  

326 

 1,540  

1,165  

873  

3,904 

2022  
 £’000  

4,217 

(2,257) 

(1,052) 

435 

1,343 

We are also reporting significantly increased 
exceptional costs this year. These relate to the 
restructuring and redundancy initiatives initiated 
during the pandemic along with specific items 
noted in the CEO's report and the Chairman’s 
statement. These costs were partially offset by the 
exceptional income from a confidential settlement 
agreement also reported in the interim results. The 
exceptional items are further explained in note 10. 

Cash management
The Group is highly cash generative and recorded 
a cash inflow from operations of £4.2 million 
(2021: £1.8 million). Underlying cash generated 
from operations, principally reflecting the 
impact of lease liability payments, non-cyclical 
working capital movements and cash flows from 
exceptional items (see reconciliation on page 17),  
was £1.34 million (2021: £0.78 million), 
demonstrating cash generative ability of the 
Group’s operating model. After deducting cash 
deployed in investing activities and dividends 
paid, cash and cash equivalents increased to 
£11.11 million at year-end (2021: £8.86 million).

Financial result and alternative 
performance measures
The Group’s operating profit and profit before 
tax for the year of £326,000 and £324,000, 
respectively (2021: £22,000 and a loss of 
£114,000, respectively), reflect the continued 
momentum from the first half of the year, 
although the pace of revenue growth slowed as 
markets declined and volatility increased towards 
the end of our financial year. Nevertheless, the 
Group was able to report operating profit of 
£206,000 in the second half of the financial year, 
up from £120,000 in the first half. 

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022 
 
18

Finance Director's  
review continued

The annual results include operating exceptional 
charges of £1,540,000, being total exceptional 
charges of £1,437,000 including the profit on 
disposal of our associated company Walker 
Crips Property Income Limited (renamed 
Crystal Property Income Limited) (2021: 
£419,000). Adjusting for exceptional items (see 
reconciliation on page 17 and further detail in 
note 10 on page 79), the Group’s operating 
profit and profit before tax for the year are £1.87 
million and £1.76 million respectively (2021: 
£441,000 and £305,000 respectively), and reflect 
the improvement in the Group’s core business.

The Group’s adjusted EBITDA (being EBITDA 
adjusted for exceptional items – page 17) is £3.9 
million (2021: £2.6 million), an increase of 49.3% 
demonstrating a robust current year trading 
performance.

Total Assets Under Management and 
Administration (“AUMA”) averaged £5.6 billion 
during the year, compared with £4.9 billion in the 
previous year, reflecting the recovery in equity 
markets from the global pandemic. Discretionary 
and Advisory Assets Under Management similarly 
benefited from the market recovery, rising by the 
end of the year to £3.6 billion (2021: £3.4 billion). 
Total AUMA is up slightly from March 2021 levels 
to £5.5 billion (2021: £5.4 billion).

Divisional performance
The Investment Management division, including 
exceptional costs, delivered an operating profit 
of £1.16 million for the year, compared to  
£1.33 million in the previous year. Operating 
profits when adjusted for exceptional costs  
grew by £1.2 million to £2.9 million (2021:  
£1.27 million). This reflects the strong 
performance of Investment Management and 
advisory fees, plus a rebound in Structured 
Investments business, offset by reduced activity 
in commissions, in the arbitrage and investor 
immigration businesses, as well as the continuing 
drag from the reduction in BoE base rate in the 
previous year. Regarding the latter: the change  
in the interest rate cycle, with continued 
increases in base rate expected, should exert 
a favourable impact on revenues and profits 
during the next financial year. Nevertheless, 
Management will remain focused on initiatives 
to improve the division’s operating margins  
and reduce reliance on interest returns. The 
prospects for the Structured Investments 
business remain positive as pricing conditions 
have improved and certain competitors have 
exited this sector, we believe that the Structured 
Investments team is well-positioned to build  
on its prominent market position. 

Strategic reportWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

19

Regulatory own funds and 
and own funds requirements 

Own funds 
Own shares 
Share premium 
Retained earnings 
Other reserves 
Less:  
Own shares held 
Regulatory adjustment 

Total own funds 

2022  
 £’000  

2021 
 £’000

2,888 
3,763  
11,050 
4,723 

2,888
3,763 
11,260 
4,723 

(312) 
(9,804) 

(312)
(10,584)

12,308 

11,738 

Total own funds requirement 

(4,676) 

(5,382)

Regulatory capital surplus  

Cover on own funds as a %  

7,632 

6,356

263.2% 

218.1%

Dividends
In view of the Group’s financial performance, 
capital and liquidity position, the Board is 
recommending a final dividend of 1.20 pence 
per share to be paid on 7 October 2022 for those 
members on the shareholders’ register on  
23 September 2022. The ex-dividend date of  
22 September 2022. Including the interim 
dividend of 0.30 pence per share (2021: 0.15 
pence per share), the total dividend for the year is 
1.50 pence per share (2021: 0.75 pence per share).

Sanath Dandeniya
Finance Director

29 July 2022

The Wealth Management division has cemented 
its recovery from departures of several advisers 
in the previous year, and revenues have been 
rejuvenated by the hiring of new advisers and 
the acquisition of a client book with funds under 
management. The cost-base should improve as 
recruitment-related costs subside but, as yet, the 
division has not returned to profit, reporting a 
loss before tax of £258,000 (2021: loss before 
tax of £127,000).

Our tech arm, EnOC Technologies Limited 
(“EnOC”), reported an operating loss of £86,000 
(2021: £122,000). EnOC’s tech capabilities are 
integral to the Group’s operational efficiencies, 
deploying cloud solutions to the business and we 
continue to invest in its capabilities and prospects.

Capital resources, liquidity and  
regulatory capital
The Group’s capital structure, comprising solely 
of equity capital, provides a stable platform 
to support growth. At year end, net assets are 
£22.11 million (2021: £22.32 million), reflecting 
a net decrease of £0.21 million (2021: reduction 
of £0.3 million), due to the reported profit after 
tax less dividends paid. Liquidity remains strong 
with cash and cash equivalents increasing over 
the year to £11.1 million (2021: £8.9 million), 
testimony to the Group’s underlying resilience 
and the continued recovery from the pandemic. 
Regulatory capital at year end, including audited 
reserves for the year, is £12.3 million (2021: £11.7 
million), comfortably in excess of the Group’s 
capital requirements as shown in the tables 
below. The finance team has also implemented 
the new prudential regulatory regime.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022 
 
 
 
20

Supporting our community 

Our partner charity
We are pleased to continue supporting Twining 
Enterprise, a charity whose mission is to help 
individuals with mental health challenges find 
and sustain mainstream employment through 
skills training, practical advice, coaching, 
community outreach, partnerships with wide-
ranging community organisations, and other 
forms of support. By helping people get work 
and keep work, supporting employers and 
campaigning against mental health stigma, 
Twining Enterprise makes a real difference to 
people's lives.

A year in review
We are pleased to report that Twining Enterprise 
has had a fantastic year; final figures for 
2021/22 saw them supporting 1,793 clients, 57% 
of which were from minority backgrounds. This 
underlines the continued need for employment 
support for individuals struggling with mental 
health conditions as we navigate our way out 
of the pandemic. 

This underlines the continued need for 
employment support for individuals struggling 
with mental health conditions as we navigate 
our way out of the pandemic.

Furthermore, 63% of programme participants 
achieved a “hard” outcome, such as returning to 
work or completing new skills training and 64% 
of participants improved their wellbeing over the 
course of their programme.

Years supporting the  
people of London

27 years

Individuals supported in 2021/22

1,793

Participants achieving a “hard” 
outcome, such as returning to 
work or completing new skills 
training

63%

Participants improving their 
wellbeing over the course of the 
programme

64%

No. of different projects 
delivered to over 15,000 
individuals

70 projects

Positive impact
In the world we live in today, it is important 
for companies to understand the ideals of 
good citizenship just as much as people and 
governments. As a business, of course, we 
endeavour to be successful for our clients, our 
shareholders and our staff, but we also try to 
do our part and give back wherever we can to 
the community in which we live and participate 
in positive movements to safeguard our 
environment and planet. We believe that success 
should not only be defined in the commercial 
sense, but that it should also be measured by 
the positive impact that we have on those who 
are in need and by the difference that our work 
makes for future generations. To this end, we 
seek to develop partnerships with organisations 
that we can support, and when possible, to use 
our technology to assist them in multiplying 
their efforts. Many of our employees are also 
personally involved in charitable organisations 
and activities, and occasionally organise events 
at a local level, which we endeavour to support 
where we can.

We also try to act responsibly in our daily 
operations to ensure that we are as paperless 
as can practically be, we utilise recycled 
materials, we encourage waste recycling, we use 
automated lighting and many other modern 
energy and resource efficiency methods. We 
have also engaged with an external adviser 
to measure our carbon footprint from period 
to period with the target of reaching net zero 
carbon emissions by 2050 or sooner.

Human rights
We recognise our responsibility to operate with 
respect to human rights. We are committed 
to ensuring that the Company, its staff and 
its self-employed associates, including other 
businesses in our supply chain, reflect our values 
and operate in compliance with applicable laws. 
We do not tolerate any form of slavery, human 
trafficking, bribery or corruption, both within our 
workforce or within our supply chain.

We consider our suppliers to be low-risk entities, 
especially as they are providers of materials 
such as stationery and IT equipment, as well 
as professional service providers. We carry out 
a rigorous client and staff onboarding process 
including interviews, criminal record checks, 
credit checks and court record checks.

Strategic reportWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

21

A huge thank you to Walker Crips! It’s only with 
the continued support of generous individuals like 
yourselves that we can keep helping people like Dabir 
and Laila get back into work, creating brighter futures 
for themselves and their families.

Oliver Jacobs
CEO, Twining Enterprise

About Twining
Twining has provided mental health and 
employment support across London for over 
27 years and since 2008 has delivered 70 
different projects to over 15,000 individuals. 
These projects have spanned a range of 
employment support models, including 
Individual Placement and Support (IPS) 
models, peer support and job retention. 
They have in-depth experience in the London 
boroughs across North and West London with 
strong statutory, community and employer 
relationships built up over the years. 

Twining’s impact
During 2021/22 alone, Twining supported 
over 1,793 individuals, with 63% of them 
achieving a “hard” outcome, such as 
returning to work or completing new skills 
training. Since the start of the pandemic, 
Twining have had to do a lot more given 
the increased demand for their services; 
going forward, rising unemployment and 
concurrent mental health challenges will 
mean the charity’s work is going to be 
needed more than ever. If you are able to, 
please join them in their mission to end 
the vicious cycle of mental health and 
unemployment. If you wish to find out  
more about their work, make a donation 
or sign up as a supporter, please visit 
walkercrips.co.uk/Community. 

Twining’s services
Services for clients: supporting individuals 
to become self-responsible, financially 
independent, have a sense of purpose and 
engage with others and their community. 
We achieve this through 1-2-1 and group 
interventions, individually tailored support 
and coaching and mentoring. 

Support for employers: helping business 
owners and managers to positively address 
mental health at work and recruit and retain 
staff with mental health conditions as 
effectively as possible.

Spotlight case studies

Refugee Dabir was finding it difficult to 
find work in the UK after his contract was 
terminated due to Covid. Anxiety around job 
uncertainty caused him to seek counselling, 
which led him to Twining Enterprise. Twining’s 
Education Specialist supported Dabir in 
finding a course that filled a critical gap in 
his CV, whilst their Employment Specialist 
provided psychological support throughout 
his job search. He now has his dream job in 
global banking!

Laila was hit particularly hard by Covid, losing 
her husband to the virus and then sinking 
into depression. However, with the support 
of Twining Enterprise, she is now healing 
through her work as a care assistant in her 
local community.

Find out more
For more information about Twining  
go to twiningenterprise.org.uk

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 202222

Principal risks and uncertainties

Approach
The Board is ultimately responsible for 
establishing an effective risk management 
framework to support the Group achieve its 
strategic objectives. Our approach to risk 
management continually evolves as we manage 
the Group’s principal risks and respond to 
emerging risks. 

Our framework
The Group operates a three lines of defence 
model as set out below.

Risk management
Effective risk management is attained by:

  Promoting a strong risk management culture 
and tone from the top and within, based 
around our long-standing and core values  
of integrity, courtesy, fairness and loyalty.
  Operating a three lines of defence model.
  Horizon scanning to ensure developments 
in the risk landscape are identified and 
proactively addressed.

  Subjecting new business initiatives to robust 
challenges via the Group’s New Initiative 
Risk Assessment (NIRA) process, ensuring 
requisite controls are embedded within any 
new activities.

  Comprehensive risk identification and 

assessment captured within the Group’s  
Risk Matrix.

  Establishing risk appetites, tolerances and 
limits to allow business to be conducted 
within clear parameters and an apposite 
balance between risk and reward. 

  Ongoing risk monitoring and escalation via 
quantitative and qualitative management 
information.

  Articulation and annual assessment of 
the Group’s overall approach to risk via 
the Group Internal Capital Adequacy 
Assessment Process (“ICAAP”) document.

Framework

Board
  Responsible for establishing an effective 

risk management framework.

  Sets risk appetite.
  Identification and assessment of 
principal and emerging risks.

Audit Committee
The Audit Committee assists the Board 
with the following risk management 
framework activities:

  Oversight of the adequacy and 

effectiveness of the risk management 
systems and internal control 
environment.

  Assessment of the effectiveness 

of internal audit.

Third line
Internal Audit
  Undertakes certain assurance procedures to enable reports into the Audit Committee  

on the Company’s governance and risk control framework.

  Provides an independent and objective appraisal of company activities, furnishing 

management with analyses and recommendations.

Second line
Risk Management Committee
  Evaluates, reviews and reports on:

  risk appetite, strategy and tolerance, including integration with the Group’s culture, 

values and behaviour;

  the operation of risk management frameworks in the effective mitigation of strategic, 

operational and external risks.

  Defines, monitors and review key risk indicators, evaluates risk exposure, strategy and 

tolerance and reviews significant risk exposures.

  Reviews the ICAAP for approval by the Board.

Compliance Committee
  Consider’s the Group’s regulatory obligations and determines how they should be 

disseminated, engaged with and implemented.

  Develops and maitains Compliance policies and ensures they are implemented and 

embedded.

  Alerts the boards to areas of weakness and suggests remedial actions.
  Escalates persistent issues of non-compliance to the Audit Committee, pursues the 

enforcement of remedial action, and where necessary, imposition of penalties upon  
non-compliant individuals.

  Ensures Group’s Financial Crime Framework, Suitability Framework and Training and 

Competence Regime, keeps pace with regulatory expectations.

Second line control teams
  Provide independent challenge and oversight of first line control activities.
  Monitoring and reporting of risks to the Board and Senior Management.
  Ensures first line risk owners adopt best risk control practice in their operational processes.
  Includes Group Risk, Group Compliance, CASS and Financial Crime teams.

First line
First line risk owners
  Perform quarterly assessment of risks within Group Risk Matrix.
  Ensure risks within their areas remain robustly identified, assessed, controlled and mitigated.
  Engages with professional advisers and the second line to ensure compliance with 
regulatory obligations is designed and embedded in operational arrangements.

  Includes Client Onboarding & Suitability, Operations, Finance, HR, T&C and Technology teams.

Strategic reportWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

23

Risk management developments
The following key developments will contribute 
to improvements in risk management at  
the Group:

Emerging risks and uncertainties
The following emerging risks and uncertainties 
have been assessed as likely to have an impact on 
the Group’s delivery of its strategic imperatives:

  Establishment of the Financial Crime 
Committee, which reports to the 
Compliance Committee and will improve 
oversight in this area.

  Implementing the recommendations arising 
from targeted reviews by independent 
specialists, the Head of Group Risk, Head  
of Compliance and internal audit.

Principal risks and uncertainties
The tables below detail the Group’s principal risks 
and uncertainties. It is not an exhaustive list of 
all the risks and uncertainties faced by the Group, 
which are captured and assessed within the 
Group Risk Matrix.

Changes in risk status reflect the change  
in values of Pillar 2 capital requirements in the 
Group Risk Matrix during the financial year ended 
31 March 2022 and forward-looking assessment 
of the risk landscape in the financial year ending 
31 March 2023, as recommended by the Head of 
Group Risk. Changes to the Group Risk Matrix are 
based on assessments by the relevant risk event 
owner, of changes to the estimated impact or 
likelihood of a particular risk event as part of  
the Group’s Internal Capital Adequacy 
Assessment Process.

Near-term (within 1 year)
  Cost of Living Crisis, conflict in Ukraine, 

failure to respond proactively and effectively 
to the threats and opportunities of FCA 
Consumer Duty Regulation

Medium-term (within 2-10 Years)
  UK/Global political instability, UK’s 

relationship with the EU

Longer-term (10 years+)
  Climate risk, ageing population

Climate risk
Although we do not consider climate related 
risks to be material to the Group’s business in 
the short- to medium-term, we acknowledge our 
responsibilities and must remain cognisant of 
relevant legislation and changes in stakeholders’ 
attitudes and expectations. Further information 
on the Group’s approach to climate change 
and climate-related risks is provided in our 
Environmental Strategy Report, including our 
TCFD disclosures, on pages 28 to 31.

Risk appetite
The Group’s risk appetite is defined as both the 
amount and type of risk the Group is prepared 
to take or retain in the pursuit of its strategy, as 
established in the ICAAP. The Group’s description 
of risk appetite against each category can be 
mapped to the maximum levels of the Pillar 2 
capital requirement as follows:

Risk appetite in  
each category 

Maximum Pillar 2 
capital requirement

Zero/Low 

Low/Medium 

Medium 

Medium/High 

High 

Less than £0.5m

£0.5m – £3m

£3m – £5m

£5m – £7m

Greater than £7m

The Board has no appetite for any single 
unforeseen unmitigated risk exposure in excess 
of £250,000 or multiple unforeseen exposures 
which occur in any 12-month period in excess of 
£750,000. 

During the period, as noted in the CEO’s 
statement section Challenges, there were two 
matters that exceeded these tolerances, being 
shortcomings in the financial crime control 
framework and inappropriate conduct by an 
investment manager combined with an internal 
control failure. Remedial action has been taken 
and investment is being made to enhance our 
regulatory control frameworks. 

Changes to regulatory framework
From 1 January 2022, as a Group containing 
FCA regulated subsidiaries, the Group has 
been subject to the rules of the FCA’s new 
prudential regime for MiFID Investment firms, 
the Investment Firms Prudential Regime (“IFPR”). 
The IFPR aims to streamline and simplify the 
prudential requirements for MiFID investment 
firms and replaces the previous regime under 
CRD4 and the Prudential Sourcebook for 
Banks, Building Societies and Investment Firms 
(“IFPRU”). 

The Group’s aim is to leverage and refocus our 
existing risk management framework to align 
with the FCA IFPR objectives, focusing on the 
prevention of harm to customers, markets and 
the Group, both now and in the future.

This approach will be articulated in the Group 
Internal Capital and Risk Assessment (ICARA) 
process and document, which replaces the 
existing ICAAP process. The Group has engaged 
with its regulatory consultants to advise on 
the ICARA process and its completed ICARA 
document will be reviewed and challenged 
by the Board by Autumn 2022.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 202224

Principal risks and uncertainties continued

Risk

How it arises

Mitigation

Status

Client risk/Counterparty risk

Client failure to 
settle transaction
Risk appetite  
Low/Medium

Status 
Unchanged

The risk that a client or market counterparty 
will not meet its obligations to the Group 
in accordance with agreed terms resulting 
in losses. This risk can arise when a client 
fails to pay for a purchase of shares or to 
deliver a certificate of ownership of a stock 
which has been sold. A similar exposure also 
arises if a market maker fails to complete 
the same trade through corresponding 
payment or stock delivery.

Daily monitoring of clients’ positions and 
counterparty exposures and individual 
trade limits. Credit assessments of 
counterparties and treasury policy to 
avoid concentration risk. Credit risk 
assessments of banks and custodians, 
active monitoring of exposures and use of 
credit ratings. Using several banks to hold 
both clients’ and the firm’s money, with 
levels being constantly reviewed.

Trading volumes have returned to lower 
levels since the hyperactivity witnessed 
at the height of the pandemic. Exposures 
remain well managed by a robust and 
mature control framework.

Conduct risk

Customer 
outcomes
Risk appetite 
Low/Medium

Status 
Increased

Regulatory risk
Risk appetite 
Zero/Low

Status 
Increased

Liquidity risk

Customer 
outcomes
Risk appetite 
Zero/Low

Status 
Reduced

Market risk

Market risk
Risk appetite 
Low/Medium

Status 
Unchanged

The risk that clients or the wider 
market suffer detriment as a result of 
inappropriate behaviour or actions by 
staff or business partners. This risk can 
arise when representatives of the Group 
are not given sufficient training of the 
highest standards of behaviour central 
to the services of the Group, those being 
honesty, integrity and fairness, or where 
such standards are otherwise not met.

The risk of failure to comply with existing, 
new or amended regulations incurring 
fines and causing reputational detriment. 
Failure by Management to recognise the 
scope and impact of new or amended 
regulations on the business model and 
resources needed to implement change.

The risk that the Group is unable to meet 
its payment obligations associated with 
its financial liabilities as they fall due. 
This risk can arise in the stockbroking 
business, where large amounts of trade 
values are being settled daily and can lead 
to a funding requirement due to a delay in 
market delivery or late settlement 
by clients.

The risk of losses arising as a result of 
exposure to market movements in the 
price of securities, foreign exchange and 
interest rates. This risk can arise when the 
Group’s proprietary trading book positions 
incur losses on negative price movement.

Clear and balanced financial promotions, 
suitable investment advice and complaints 
management. Board and management 
oversight, development of staff and 
training, defined roles and responsibilities, 
the tone from the top setting a fair, 
positive and ethical culture. Maintaining 
professional indemnity insurance.

During the year it became apparent 
that the mitigating factors in place, 
exacerbated by a failure in compliance 
monitoring, did not prevent or detect in a 
timely manner inappropriate conduct by a 
self-employed associate. Remedial action 
has been taken and continued investment 
made in strengthening the regulatory 
control environment.

Board and Management oversight, 
regulatory change, environment scanning 
and oversight, development of staff and 
training, defined roles and responsibilities, 
recovery plan, compliance monitoring 
programme, documented policies and 
procedures, risk management oversight 
and regular contact with regulators. 
Investment in the compliance function 
and robust performance appraisal system.

As the regulatory landscape and 
associated regulatory scrutiny continue to 
expand, the Group has targeted significant 
investment in regulatory compliance 
initiatives to enhance its existing and 
future capabilities in this area and to 
underpin the development of the core 
investment and wealth management 
businesses. As reported elsewhere, the 
Group is presently overhauling its Financial 
Crime Control Framework.

Maintenance of surplus liquid resources 
cash flow forecasting, experienced 
management team monitoring settlement 
performance and liquid financial trading 
book that can be realised. Group entities 
settle intercompany balances regularly 
and are not reliant on intra-group funding.

Settlement exposure monitoring controls 
have operated as expected. The Group 
continues to maintain a high proportion  
of liquid assets and the return to 
profitability strengthens its liquidity 
position. The Treasury regularly updates 
liquidity forecasts.

Proprietary trading book positions are 
controlled by centrally imposed trading 
limits and are regularly monitored.

Increased proprietary trading 
transactional activity in the year, in 
relation to the Group’s structured 
investments division, was offset by lower 
activity on the Arbitrage trading desk, 
meaning overall market risk remained 
relatively unchanged. Both remained  
well managed, monitored and within  
risk tolerances.

Strategic reportWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

25

Risk

How it arises

Mitigation

Status

Capital adequacy risk

Capital adequacy
Risk appetite 
Low/Medium

Status 
Reduced

The risk that the Group’s business strategy 
and plans for growth are not sustainable on 
the existing regulatory capital base. This risk 
can arise when new acquisitions, products 
or initiatives are embarked upon without 
sufficient reference to impact on regulatory 
capital adequacy, or market conditions 
lead to sustained adverse results that erode 
regulatory capital headroom.

A significant regulatory capital surplus is 
maintained and regularly monitored and 
stress tested based on actual performance 
and business projections. Surplus cash 
balances are also maintained and liquidity 
requirements carefully monitored. New 
initiatives are examined and stress tested 
prior to implementation.

The Group has multiple sources of income 
that complement each other and a large 
part of the Group’s portfolio management 
fees are accrued on a daily basis which 
reduces the risk of large fee reductions 
in a declining\volatile market. Executive 
Management remains focused on new 
business initiatives and cost management.

An improved regulatory capital surplus 
has resulted from cost management 
and revenue generation initiatives and 
improved market levels and activity. 

The firm continues to develop its 
strategy for revenue growth and margin 
improvement and to reorganise and 
restructure its operations to release  
the full potential of its business units  
and to continue to improve the robustness 
of its capital position as market  
conditions evolve.

The risk that an internal or external 
event (e.g. COVID-19) causes failure of 
core business activities or IT systems 
supporting them. This risk can arise when 
our companies fail to effectively control, 
use or administer the operating systems; 
fail to manage their resource requirements 
properly or maintain inadequate security 
arrangements.

Business and information system 
recovery plans are approved, tested and 
maintained. A data incident log records 
and analyses all unforeseen events to 
prevent recurrence or mitigate impact by 
and these are used to improve operational 
resilience. Insurance cover in place for 
certain causations (e.g. financial crime and 
consequential loss).

The Group continues to develop the resilience 
of its operational arrangements with 
robust working from home/hybrid working 
arrangements being complemented by wider 
reorganisation initiatives and our “simplify 
and digitise” vision.

Operational risk

Business 
disruption
Risk appetite 
Medium

Status 
Reduced

Cyber security
Risk appetite 
Low/Medium

Status 
Unchanged

The risk of fraudulent action by internal or 
external parties maliciously breaching or 
misusing the Group’s internal systems. This 
risk can arise from failure to implement 
sufficient controls over security access to 
all IT systems.

Senior Management oversight, in depth 
cyber security training programme, 
policies and procedures (including working 
from home policies), encryption and 
protection software installed, prevention 
procedures, segregation of duties between 
front and back office, system authority 
and payment limits and system access 
controls and heightened employee 
awareness based on experience to match 
the greater risk presented by recent 
threats reported in the sector.

Succession and contingency planning 
and appropriate compensation levels 
to reward and retain staff. Investment 
in staff through training, key person 
insurance cover and contractual restrictive 
covenants.

External threats continue to increase 
in volume and sophistication, but risks 
remain well managed and mitigated by 
investment in our cyber security systems 
and controls.

Personnel risk is heightened in the post 
pandemic recovery and continuing 
consolidation in the investment and 
wealth management sectors, which have 
increased the competition for staff and 
presented challenges for staff retention. 
In mitigation, additional investment 
in human resource staff and systems, 
alongside increased focus on staff 
engagement is ongoing. 

Personnel
Risk appetite 
Zero/Low

Status 
Increased

The risk of losing key staff and self-
employed associates who are the drivers 
of significant revenue components 
within the Group. This risk can arise from 
the failure to reward individuals with 
challenging performance targets, an 
appropriate work environment, effective 
technology, and competitive levels  
of reward.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 202226

Section 172(1) Statement
year ended 31 March 2022

Introduction
The following statement describes how the 
Directors have discharged their duties under 
Section 172(1) of the Companies Act 2006 to 
promote the success of the Company for the 
benefit of its members as a whole, having regard 
to the matters set out in that section (amongst 
others).

Our stakeholders
The Directors consider the Company’s and 
Group’s key stakeholders to be:

Our investors
Our private, professional and institutional 
shareholders who rely on us to protect and 
manage their investment in the Company and 
generate value for them;

Our workforce
Our directly employed staff and our network 
of self-employed associates;

Our clients
Those private and professional clients who 
have entrusted us with providing financial 
planning advice, managing and safeguarding 
their investments, and undertaking transactions 
execution services;

Our suppliers
The providers of goods and services on which 
our business relies;

Our regulators
The bodies which authorise and regulate 
our activities; and

Our communities and the environment
The local communities in which we operate, 
the wider public and the environment at large.

The arrangements through which the Board 
has regard for the likely long-term consequences 
of any decision taken, the interests of those 
stakeholder groups in its decision-making and 
the need to foster good relations with them are 
set out in the paragraphs below.

The likely consequences of any 
decision in the long term
Beyond the short-term imperatives that the 
pandemic had given rise to, the Board has 
always been careful to consider the long-term 
implications for the business and its stakeholders 
of any proposed course of action, whether 
tactical or strategic. All such proposed courses of 
action are assessed to ensure they are compliant 
with the law and regulations, Group risk 
appetite and the objective of delivering positive 
shareholder value. All strategic decision-making is 
supported by consideration of relevant financial 
and non-financial analysis and forecasting.

Our shareholders
The Directors recognise and fully accept their 
primary duty to act in a way they consider, in 
good faith, would be most likely to promote the 
success of the Company for the benefit of our 
shareholders individually and collectively. The 
Company has only one class of shares which 
means that all shareholders have the same rights. 
Furthermore, to ensure that shareholders are 
treated in a consistent and equally fair manner, 
the Board does not take any decisions or actions, 
such as selectively disclosing confidential or 
inside information that would provide any 
shareholder or group of shareholders with an 
unfair advantage or position compared to the 
shareholders as a whole.

The means by which the Board and individual 
Directors engage with shareholders are set out 
on page 36 of the Report of the Directors on 
corporate governance matters.

The interests of our shareholders were 
considered as part of the Board’s decision-
making throughout the year, including its 
approval of final and interim dividends, whilst 
mindful of the need to preserve cash holdings 
to satisfy regulatory capital requirements 
and to maintain the strength of the Group’s 
balance sheet. Such considerations have again 
been applied to the subsequent decision to 
recommend payment of a final dividend for 
approval at the 2022 AGM, as set out in the 
Chairman’s statement on pages 4 and 5.

The Group’s workforce
The Board recognises that, as a services business, 
our workforce is our greatest asset. Consequently, 
our recruitment, development and remuneration 
structures are designed to support our culture 
and our people and to reward good conduct and 
performance at individual and business levels. Our 
workforce comprises both directly employed staff 
and self-employed associates, all of whom are 
engaged at operating company level. Accordingly, 
day-to-day engagement with the workforce is 
through the Executive Management and HR 
functions, which report to the operational boards 
and to the Audit Committee on a regular basis.

In response to the FCA’s Senior Managers and 
Certification Regime (“SM&CR”), which came 
into force in December 2019, we developed 
and implemented systems and processes 
to support the review and assessment of 
competencies of certified individuals throughout 
the organisation. This led to the establishment 
in 2020 of an SM&CR panel of senior executives 
with responsibility for appraising the fitness and 
propriety of our certified workforce. Amongst 
other benefits, this has continued to provide 
useful feedback on ways of improving our 
staff annual appraisal system, which is used 
for continual development of skills, measure 
performance, receive feedback and address 
two-way concerns. 

As a consequence, our continual training and 
development programmes include additional 
training to managers to ensure that appraisals 
are conducted in a thorough and consistent way 
such that they are of equal benefit to individual 
development and to Management in providing an 
environment in which our workforce can thrive.

In addition to encouraging staff to raise with 
their line managers any concerns they may 
have, we seek to ensure the effectiveness of 
our whistleblowing arrangements and that all 
staff are conversant with our whistleblowing 
procedures, which are aimed at promoting good 
conduct and adherence to regulations and 
procedures, the fair treatment of all stakeholders 
and health and safety at work.

We also take a positive and proactive approach 
to staff development by supporting and 
sponsoring staff to continue their professional 
studies and secure business-related qualifications 
to enhance their on-the-job capabilities and 
personal career value.

The pandemic brought with it a heightened 
need to ensure effective engagement with 
the workforce, most of whom had to adapt to 
working from home, and as Covid restrictions 
were progressively relaxed and hybrid working 
patterns became the norm, the health, safety 
and wellbeing of staff has remained a primary 
concern for Management.

These considerations have featured highly in the 
planning and implementation of our decision 
to relocate our Romford-based operations to 
our City office, which included consulting with 
each member of staff affected individually to 
fully understand how they may be affected and 
to ensure that steps were taken to minimise the 
impact.

We have also focused on enhancing the support 
provided to the workforce by our HR function. In 
order to identify any improvements needed to 
ensure it is fully fit for purpose, we commissioned 
a thorough health check of the function by an 
external HR specialist and are in the course of 
implementing the recommendations made. 
These have included investment in a state-of-the-
art HR administration system which will be rolled 
out to staff later in the year.

We have also recruited a highly experienced new 
Head of Group HR and Training & Competence, 
not only to manage the enhancement plans 
but also to oversee the Group’s training and 
development programmes aimed at maximising 
staff potential. Greater focus will also be given 
to diversity and inclusion in our recruitment and 
employment approaches.

Strategic reportWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

27

With increased industry demand for skilled and 
experienced personnel brought about by the 
economic recovery, it has become ever more 
important to maintain our reward packages in line 
with market movements and, as a consequence, 
this has been another area of attention, matched 
by efforts to improve the efficiency of our 
working practices and procedures to minimise the 
effect on our cost base.

Clients
Our clients are the core of our business, and 
we invest in improving our communication 
and the customer experience. Our investment 
professionals continually undergo professional 
development in order to remain fit and proper to 
service and advise our clients. We have deployed 
our new website, and investment managers’ 
microsites to ease navigation and search for 
information on services. We are also investing in 
revamping our Client Portal, and further digitising 
our onboarding process to enhance the customer 
experience, especially when the majority of our 
clients have opted for electronic communications 
for efficiency, and to help reduce our carbon 
footprint by using less paper. We have set up a 
team to focus on the client’s journey, looking at 
all the touch points between the business and the 
clients, to optimise the customer experience.

The Board aims to maintain effective oversight of 
the Group’s client relationships and the interests 
of clients are a key factor in our decision-making.

We have been acutely aware of the increased level 
of activity and sophistication of those engaged 
in financial crime during the pandemic, and are 
taking steps to ensure that our vigilance and the 
robustness of our systems to any form of malicious 
attack are maintained at the highest level to 
protect our clients and their assets in our care.

The security of our clients’ money and investment 
assets is exceptionally important to us and we 
ensure that we meet the FCA’s associated rules 
at all times. As required, we maintain client 
money and assets separate from the Group’s 
own holdings. We only deposit client money with 
approved banks and our clients’ assets, when 
registered in the name of one of our nominee 
companies, are held in trust and are not under 
the Group’s ownership.

Our compliance function regularly monitors 
and reports to the Board on various areas of our 
conduct to ensure that we are providing the best 
outcomes for clients. We are always happy to 
receive feedback from our clients and use this to 
address any perceived shortcomings and to make 
improvements wherever possible.

Suppliers
The suppliers of support services and goods to 
our business operations are another key element 
in our ability to deliver value to our shareholders 
and clients. We therefore seek to balance the 
benefits of maintaining strong relationships 
with key suppliers, with the need to obtain the 
best value for money and the service levels we 
reasonably demand. Our dealings with suppliers 
are characterised by fairness, transparency 
and the desire to develop a mutually beneficial 
relationship and are subject to high standards of 
due diligence in their selection.

Despite the pressures on cash flow caused by the 
pandemic and its effect on the Group’s income, 
we have not sought to extend our credit terms 
and as disclosed in note 26 to the accounts on 
page 88, the Group took an average of 15 days 
to settle supplier invoices in the year, up only 
slightly from ten days in the previous year, which 
demonstrates our fair payment practices.

However, as part of our cost control measures 
during the year, we have renegotiated a number 
of supplier contracts to ensure we are getting the 
best value for money for our investors. We are 
currently undertaking a tender process for the 
supply of internal audit services to the Group.

Although the healthy state of the Group’s cash 
holdings maintained during the year has meant 
that we have had no need for structural debt 
finance, we nevertheless see the providers of 
our day-to-day banking arrangements as key 
service suppliers. Accordingly, the Group Finance 
Director, the Head of Group Risk and the Group’s 
Treasury and Payments team are responsible for 
managing the relationships with our banks and 
for the Group’s liquidity management activities.

HSBC is the Group’s primary banker and provides 
a range of transactional banking, treasury and 
other services. In addition, HSBC provides the 
Group’s main trading subsidiary, Walker Crips 
Investment Management Limited (“WCIM”), with 
an intra-day CREST capital facility, as WCIM’s 
Crest Settlement bank, which WCIM relies on to 
facilitate efficient settlement of a large volume 
of investment transactions within the CREST 
securities transfer system. This intra-day line is 
capped at £4 million, but is raised from time to 
time, on agreement with HSBC, to facilitate larger 
transaction settlement primarily in relation to the 
Company’s structured investments business.

Regulators
The Group, containing a number of subsidiaries 
authorised and regulated by the Financial 
Conduct Authority (“FCA”), seeks to operate and 
interact with the FCA in an open, positive and 
cooperative manner at all times.

Engagement with the FCA is primarily through 
the CEO, the Head of Group Compliance and 
the Head of Group Risk. These engagements are 
reported into the Board, the Audit Committee, 
relevant subsidiary boards, the Group Risk 
Management Committee, and the Group 
Compliance Committee, to enable the Group 
to ensure that at all times it is meeting FCA 
regulatory expectations, and to assist the 
regulator in meeting its own statutory  
regulatory objectives.

Communities and environment
As shown on page 2, the Group has offices 
in various locations in England, and one in 
Scotland, and sees itself as a member of the local 
communities in which it operates. The conduct 
of the Group’s people, especially in relation to 
local supplier and client relationships and their 
determination to be good, responsible and 
supportive neighbours, are prime ways in which 
local communities are impacted by our activities. 
Individual offices have participated in various local 
initiatives such as charitable events, sponsorship of 
local sports clubs and recycling drives.

As disclosed on page 8 of the CEO’s statement, 
and in more detail in the “Supporting our 
community” section on pages 20 and 21, we 
are active supporters of Twining Enterprise, a 
registered charity helping Londoners with mental 
health problems get work and stay in work, 
supporting employers and campaigning against 
mental health stigma.

We are committed to minimising the impact 
of our activities on the environment and have 
implemented a range of policies, procedures and 
practices as set out in of the CEO’s statement 
(page 8). We have also considered more widely 
the impact of our activities on the environment as 
well as our approach to climate change, details of 
which can be found in our Environmental strategy 
report, which includes our disclosures under the 
TCFD framework, on pages 28 to 31.

Reputation
The Board recognises the importance of 
maintaining a robust corporate governance 
framework and a reputation for high standards 
of business conduct, as is set out in the Directors’ 
report on corporate governance matters on 
pages 35 to 39.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 202228

Environmental strategy (including TCFD)
year ended 31 March 2022

Governance

Strategy

Risk  
management

Metrics and  
targets

The Board recognises its responsibility to 
help protect the planet. We are committed to 
minimising the Group’s environmental impact 
and to support those working to improve global 
environmental sustainability.

Global temperatures continue to rise at an 
alarming rate. Storms and flooding events 
which previously happened once in a century 
are occurring ever more frequently. The 
Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change 
(“IPCC”) has warned that to limit global warming 
to 1.5°C above pre-industrial levels, the world’s 
carbon emissions need to be reduced by 45% 
by 2030 and reach net zero by 2050.

Achievement of this goal demands collective 
will and action across all sectors of the global 
economy. At Walker Crips, we believe it is our 
fiduciary duty and business responsibility to act 
as good stewards of the planet for the benefit of 
future generations. We recognise that we have 
a responsibility to contribute to the transition 
to a net zero economy. At the heart of our 
environmental approach is a target to align to 
the Paris Agreement goal to limit global warming 
to well below 2°C, and preferably 1.5°C. We seek 
to do this by becoming a net zero emissions 
business by 2050 or sooner.

An introduction to TCFD
In 2015, the Financial Stability Board established 
the Task Force on Climate-related Financial 
Disclosures (“TCFD”) as a means of creating a 
framework for consistent climate-related financial 
risk disclosures that were increasingly requested 
by investors, banks and other stakeholders. The 
Board of Directors views the TCFD framework 
as a critical tool for assessing and disclosing our 
climate risks and opportunities across the Group.

The Task Force’s recommendations are structured 
around four core operational elements: 
governance, strategy, risk management and 
metrics and targets. These four overarching 
recommendations are supported by key 
climate-related financial disclosures, referred 
to as recommended disclosures, that build out 
the framework with information that will help 
investors and others understand how reporting 
organisations assess climate-related issues. To 
find out more about the Financial Stability Board 
and the TCFD, please visit fsb-tcfd.org.

Walker Crips and TCFD
This is the first report outlining the Group’s efforts 
towards implementing the recommendations of 
the TCFD, in accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.6R, 
which became effective for premium listed 
companies such as ours for financial periods 
beginning on or after 1 January 2021.

The disclosures below reflect a summary of 
the Group’s progress to date in incorporating 
climate risk and opportunity identification and 
management into our overall business strategy. 
The analysis informing such a process is a rapidly 
evolving area for many companies, including 
Walker Crips; we expect the methodology and 
tools for conducting such analysis to continue 
improving over time. This report represents a 
significant step upon which we will continue to 
develop our understanding of climate risks and 
opportunities moving forward.

Governance
Appropriately for an organisation of our size, our 
governance structure relating to climate-related 
activities is relatively flat. This enables issues to 
be escalated and dealt with swiftly at a Senior 
Management level.

Board of Directors
The Board is responsible for setting the Group’s 
climate-related goals and targets and agreeing 
the strategy to achieve them, and has delegated 
oversight of climate-related activities to the 
Audit Committee. The Committee’s remit 
includes:

  reviewing risks and opportunities facing the 

Group in relation to climate change;
  considering the materiality of climate-

related risk and its financial implications;

  monitoring adherence to externally 
applicable sustainability codes and 
principles.

Further governance arrangements
The Group is currently in the process of 
establishing further governance arrangements 
to support both the Board and the Audit 
Committee in discharging their responsibilities 
in relation to ESG matters.

A Corporate Social Responsibility (“CSR”) 
Committee is being established to monitor and 
review emerging CSR trends and issues that may 
affect the Group, as well as to provide guidance 
on the development of our sustainability 
strategy whilst ensuring alignment with the 
Group’s purpose, values and overall strategy. The 
Committee will meet quarterly and will consist of 
voluntary members of staff, including a Director, 
with meetings chaired by a member appointed 
by the Committee.

Strategic reportWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

29

Role of management
The Group’s Senior Management team is 
responsible for the day-to-day management of 
climate-related risks and opportunities facing the 
business. During this financial year, Management 
engaged an external sustainability consulting 
firm to help shape the Group’s net-zero approach 
to carbon emissions.

The Group is currently in the process of 
developing a credible strategy accompanied by 
targets and objectives to evidence an approach 
which will drive down emissions and set a 
meaningful target date to achieve net-zero.

Net-zero can only be achieved by significant 
reductions in direct (i.e., Scope 1 & 2) and indirect 
(i.e., Scope 3) carbon emissions and requires both 
Group-wide commitment and senior leadership. 
The key steps in the Group’s transition journey 
are:

  a reliable, robust, and data-based carbon 

footprint providing a clear baseline;

  Board-level commitment;
  agreed metrics, monitoring, and reporting 

against which to set targets;

  a clearly articulated ambition with 

associated targets, timeframe, expectations, 
and actions;

  a focus on operational reductions in office 
premises, and on achieving sustainable 
emissions reduction through an energy 
management approach;

  Group-wide engagement to ensure all 

staff and key stakeholders understand the 
ambition and the journey.

Strategy
Carbon reduction
The Group has been developing a sustainability 
strategy and approach that is both in line with 
wider market trends and reflects the interests and 
concerns of stakeholders. For any organisation 
embarking on a net-zero transition, the first step 
is to calculate accurate, robust data regarding 
annual carbon emissions. Assisted by our external 
sustainability consultants, we have calculated and 
analysed the Group’s carbon footprint across the 
past three financial years (2019/20, 2020/21 and 
2021/22) for each of our UK offices. Using this 
data, we have been able to establish the financial 
year 2019/20 as our baseline for calculation, 
as this year was the last that best reflected a 
“normal” operating year before the COVID-19 
pandemic led the Group to adapt to a hybrid 
working model from March 2020.

For more information about our sustainability 
strategy and initiatives, please refer to our  
CEO’s statement.

London office – projected implementation year savings

Carbon emissions 

Energy 

Energy cost saved 

York office – projected implementation year savings

Carbon emissions 

Energy 

Energy cost saved 

6 tCO2e

23,515 kWhs

£4,703

7 tCO2e

26,340 kWhs

£5,268

Methodology
The carbon footprint calculation we have carried 
out measures the seven greenhouse gases 
identified in the Greenhouse Gas Protocol and 
uses the appropriate year’s Department for 
Environment, Food & Rural Affairs (“DEFRA”) and 
Department for Business, Energy & Industrial 
Strategy (“DBEIS”) emissions factors. These 
emissions are aggregated and reported as 
tonnes of CO2 equivalent (“tCO2e”). This method 
provides accurate, verifiable data that is both 
Science Based Targets Initiative (“SBTi”) and 
Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting 
(“SECR”) compliant. The footprints include 
carbon associated with Scope 1 (direct), 2 
(indirect – purchased electricity and heat) and 3 
(indirect from supply chain) emission sources.

Transition to net zero
Using the Group-wide carbon emissions data 
calculated, Senior Management is currently 
considering a possible carbon reduction timeline 
to be implemented to map the pathway towards a 
net-zero goal. See Metrics and targets on page 31.

Carbon objectives for London and York offices
During the 2022/23 financial year, we intend 
to implement the recommendations presented 
by an energy management specialist, who has 
identified tangible carbon savings for both our 
London and York offices. Recommended changes 
to heating, lighting, cooling and IT infrastructure 
are anticipated to result in a reduction in 
carbon emissions and a financial saving for 
the implementation year against the baseline 
measurement. These savings have been factored 
into the carbon reduction pathway currently 
under consideration.

Stewardship of resources: Closure of 
Romford office
As the Group has successfully adapted to hybrid 
working, making use of technology to ensure 
productivity, the Board identified that it was no 
longer financially or environmentally efficient to 
maintain our Romford office – the lease on which 
expires in September 2022. As both our Romford 
and London offices have been underutilised, with 
a significant percentage of the workforce working 
from home at any one time, the Board decided to 
relocate all Romford-based staff to our London 
office. The Romford office has already been 
vacated and there are no planned job losses as a 
result of the office relocation.

During the 2021/22 financial year, carbon 
emissions associated with our Romford office 
accounted for 22% of the Group’s overall carbon 
footprint. Whilst the closure of the office will 
not reduce overall Group emissions by the same 
figure – due to the relocation of employees from 
Romford to London – it will have a significant 
impact in the first year of our net-zero transition.

WFH carbon calculator
As part of our effort to accurately calculate 
the Group’s carbon emissions, including 
those generated through employees working 
from home (“WFH”), we have introduced an 
online WFH carbon calculator tool. We have 
encouraged all our workforce to make use of the 
tool and have been very pleased with the level 
of engagement. The data entered regarding 
individuals’ energy, heating and other emissions 
whilst working from home feeds into the Group’s 
overall carbon emissions totals.

The WFH carbon calculator also serves as a 
useful tool for employees by helping them 
pinpoint where their home emissions are coming 
from, as well as offering hints and tips to save 
both carbon and money on their energy and 
heating bills. As the calculator can be used 
on an ongoing basis by employees, it directly 
demonstrates how changes in habits and 
behaviours can result in reduced emissions and 
energy savings.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
30

Environmental strategy (including TCFD) continued
year ended 31 March 2022

Risk management
We are working to embed climate-related risks within our overall risk management framework, with any risks identified being subject to the same 
process and managed in line with all other risks.

The Audit Committee, under delegated authority from the Board, is responsible for overseeing the effectiveness of our risk management process, 
including identification of the principal and emerging risks.

We have considered the transitional and physical risks and opportunities presented by rising temperatures, climate-related policy, and emerging 
technologies. For the purposes of our assessment, the time horizons we have used are as follows:

  Short term: 0-5 years;
  Medium term: around 10 years;
  Long term: 20+ years.

When identifying climate-related risks, we consider both the risk posed to the Group as well as that posed to the climate by our operational activities. We 
also consider the potential impact of climate-related risks on our clients and how these risks could impact our ability to deliver good customer outcomes.

Climate-related risks

Type of risk

Transitional –  
Policy and legal

Transitional – Market

Potential impact

Increased operating costs (e.g. 
higher compliance overheads)

Reduced revenue as a result of 
diminished assets values and 
reduced demand for service.

Risk

Adherence with additional legal 
and/or regulatory requirements in 
response to the climate crisis.

Time period:
Short/medium term

A transition to a lower-carbon 
economy could lead to investment 
performance risk within our 
discretionary managed services, 
potentially impacting client returns.

Time period:
Short/medium term

Management 
response

We take our legal and regulatory 
obligations seriously and comply 
with all applicable climate-related 
requirements. Our Audit Committee 
monitors emerging applicable 
sustainability codes and principles 
within our operating jurisdiction.

In line with increasing client 
expectations, we continue to 
integrate ESG factors, including the 
consideration of climate-related 
risks, into our investment decision 
making processes.

Transitional – Reputation

Perceived inadequate response by 
the Group to environmental/climate-
related concerns by clients and other 
stakeholders

Could result in existing/prospective 
clients choosing to take their 
business elsewhere, impacting on 
revenues.

Our carbon net-zero strategy is 
integral to our overall business 
strategy.

Physical – Acute/Chronic

Time period:
Short/medium/long term

Increased severity of extreme 
weather events such as storms, 
as well as chronic changes such 
as rising sea levels and mean 
temperatures.

Time period:
Medium/long term

Disruption to business operations 
and/or increased expenses.

Consideration of the Group’s 
exposure to physical climate-related 
risks is included as part of our 
business continuity procedures.

Strategic reportWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022 
Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

31

Climate-related opportunities
Opportunity

Opportunity to exploit changing client 
preferences by developing an offering of low-
emission focussed products – such as ESG model 
portfolios.

Time period:
Short/medium/long term

Potential impact

Management response

Enhanced reputation and increased revenues.

We are working to embed the consideration 
of ESG factors, including climate-related 
opportunities, into our investment processes.

We are updating our client profiling process 
to include further questions around ESG 
preferences.

Metrics and targets
Walker Crips Group carbon footprint
We measure our Scope 1 and 2 emissions in line with the GHG Reporting Protocol. Our Scope 3 emissions do not currently take into account investments 
the Group makes on behalf of its clients. However, this is something Senior Management intends to incorporate in future years.

Scope 1 

Refrigerants 

Scope 2 

Scope 3 

Purchased electricity 
Purchased heat 

Transmission & distribution losses 
Material use 
Business travel – flights 
Business travel – rail 
Business travel – road 
Employee WFH 
Hotel stay 
Waste disposal 
Water supply & treatment 

TOTAL (tCO2e) 

2019/20  
(tCO2e) 

2019/20 
 (%) 

2020/21 
 (tCO2e) 

2020/21 
 (%) 

2021/22 
 (tCO2e) 

0.02 

114.83 
50.78 

9.75 
12.94 
2.60 
2.97 
6.50 
0.46 
0.78 
0.01 
8.37 

210.01 

0.01 

54.68 
24.18 

4.64 
6.16 
1.24 
1.41 
3.10 
0.22 
0.37 
0.00 
3.99 

100 

0.02 

85.33 
54.40 

7.34 
0.18 
0.00 
2.04 
2.48 
46.88 
0.38 
0.01 
4.3 

203.36 

0.01 

41.96 
26.75 

3.61 
0.09 
0.00 
1.00 
1.22 
23.05 
0.19 
0.00 
2.11 

100 

0.01 

78.47 
52.08 

6.94 
3.34 
0.27 
2.30 
9.75 
43.36 
0.51 
0.03 
1.87 

198.93 

2021/22
(%)

0.01%

39.45
26.18

3.49
1.68
0.14
1.16
4.90
21.80
0.26
0.02
0.94

100

Target
Adhering to the current best practice, the Group is working towards a net zero target by 2050 of 90% carbon emission reductions against baseline 
(2019/20), with an interim target of 50% reduction by 2030. This reduction is consistent with the Global Goal of 45% reduction in global emissions 
by 2030 as recommended by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (“IPCC”). By adopting a 50% target by 2030 the Group will be 
aligned to the Paris Agreement target (agreed in 2015 at COP21) of being on a trajectory to keep global heating at 1.5°C or below.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
32

Board of Directors

Our Board of 
Directors deploy 
their extensive 
expertise and 
experience into 
managing the 
Walker Crips Group.

Sean Lam 
FCPA (Aust.), Chartered FCSI

Sanath Dandeniya  
FCCA

Martin Wright 

Chief Executive Officer

Finance Director

Chairman

Martin Wright was appointed 
to the Board in July 1996 as 
a Non-Executive Director and 
was appointed as Chairman in 
September 2020. He is a Partner 
of Charles Russell Speechlys LLP 
(Solicitors). Martin is a member of 
the Law Society. He is also a Non-
Executive Director of a number of 
private companies.

Sanath Dandeniya was appointed 
Group Finance Director in 
September 2019.

Sanath, an ACCA qualified 
accountant, has over 20 years’ 
experience in the financial services 
sector. He joined the Group in 2016 as 
Group Financial Controller, promoted 
to Finance Director of Walker Crips 
Investment Management in 
November 2018, and then appointed 
to the Group Board in 2019 as Group 
Finance Director.

Sanath is also a proponent of 
technology and digital strategies 
and enjoys adopting appropriate 
technologies to drive efficiencies 
and to improve business 
effectiveness.

Sean Lam is a passionate 
technologist and innovator, and has 
made it his quest to “engineer out 
complexities”. He was appointed 
Group Chief Executive Officer in 
September 2017.

His tenure with Walker Crips 
began as Development Director 
in 1999 with overall responsibility 
for systems development and 
technology, Chief Operating Officer 
and Chief Technology Officer 
in 2004, and Group Managing 
Director in 2007. He commenced 
his career with Phillip Securities 
in Singapore in 1992 and was the 
Head of Internal Audit, and then 
Head of Operations in 1995.

Sean graduated in 1991 with a 
Bachelor of Commerce from the 
University of Western Australia 
majoring in accounting and finance 
and attained his professional 
qualification as a CPA in 1995. Sean 
is a Fellow of CPA Australia, was a 
member of its European Council 
from 2010 to 2015, and President 
of its European Region in 2012 and 
again in 2013. He is a Chartered 
Fellow of the Chartered Institute for 
Securities & Investment.

Sean is also founder and Chief 
Executive Officer of EnOC 
Technologies, Walker Crips’ fintech 
SaaS company providing regtech 
to the industry, with the aim of 
helping smaller companies close the 
technology gap.

Membership

E

Membership

C   E   RI

Membership

N   R

Corporate governanceWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

33

Membership key

A   Audit Committee

C   Compliance Committee

E   Executive

N   Nomination Committee

R   Remuneration Committee

RI   Risk Management Committee

  Member

  Chair

David Gelber 

Clive Bouch  
FCA

Hua Min Lim 

Non-Executive Director

Senior Independent Director

Non-Executive Director

Clive Bouch was appointed to the 
Board in March 2017 and chairs 
the Audit and Remuneration 
Committees. He is also a member 
of the Nomination Committee.

He is an experienced Non-Executive 
Director having served in this 
capacity for The Steamship Mutual 
London, Europe and Bermuda 
Protection & Indemnity Clubs; 
The Ardonagh Group Limited and 
Invesco UK Limited. Previously he 
was a partner in leading accounting 
firms where he provided audit and 
advisory services to companies in 
the financial services industry.

Clive is a Fellow of the Institute of 
Chartered Accountants in England 
and Wales, Chartered Fellow of the 
Chartered Institute for Securities 
& Investment and a Chartered 
Insurance Practitioner.

David Gelber served as Non-
Executive Independent Chairman 
of the Board of Walker Crips 
Group plc from January 2007 
until September 2020 when he 
stood down as Chairman but has 
remained a Non-Executive member 
of the Board. 

He served as Group Chief Operating 
Officer of ICAP plc from 1994 
to 2005 and previously held the 
position of Chief Operating Officer 
of HSBC Global Markets. Prior to 
joining HSBC he held senior trading 
positions at Citibank, Chemical 
Bank and JPMorgan. 

He currently serves as a director 
of AA4+ PLC, a closed end aircraft 
leasing company, and DDCAP 
Ltd, a leading arranger of Sharia 
compliant financial transactions.

His previous directorships include 
a 15-year stint at IPGL Ltd, an 
investment holding company with a 
wide range of investee companies, 
for many of which he served on the 
board. He retired from IPGL on 
31 May 2022.

Hua Min Lim is the Executive 
Chairman of the PhillipCapital 
Group of Companies and was also 
appointed Chairman of IFS Capital 
Limited on 20 May 2003. He began 
his career holding senior positions 
in the Stock Exchange of Singapore 
and the Securities Research Institute. 
He has served on a number of 
committees and sub-committees of 
the Stock Exchange of Singapore. In 
1997, he was appointed Chairman 
of the Stock Exchange of Singapore 
(“SES”) Review Committee, which is 
responsible for devising a conceptual 
framework to make Singapore’s 
capital markets more globalised, 
competitive and robust. For this 
service, he was awarded the Public 
Service Medal (“PBM”) in 1999 by the 
Singapore Government. In 2014, he 
was also awarded “IBF Distinguished 
Fellow” (Securities & Futures), the 
highest certification mark bestowed 
by the Institute of Banking and 
Finance on industry captains who are 
the epitome of professional stature, 
integrity and achievement. In 2018, 
he was named Businessman of the 
Year 2017 at the annual Singapore 
Business Awards, which is Singapore’s 
most prestigious business accolade. 
He served as a board member 
in the Inland Revenue Authority 
Singapore from 2004 to 2010. Hua 
Min Lim holds a Bachelor of Science 
Degree (Honours) in Chemical 
Engineering from the University 
of Surrey and obtained a Master’s 
Degree in Operations Research and 
Management Studies from Imperial 
College, London University. Hua Min 
Lim joined the Walker Crips Group 
Board in March 1993.

Membership

A   N   R

Membership

A   N   R

Membership

N   R

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 202234

Chairman's commentary on governance

In this, my second year as Group 
Chairman, I have had cause 
to reflect upon the variety of 
challenges we have faced in 
managing the business placed in 
our care over that time and how 
we have acquitted ourselves in 
our stewardship of the Group. 

Martin Wright
Chairman

Dear Shareholder
In this, my second year as Group Chairman, 
I have had cause to reflect upon the variety 
of challenges we have faced in managing 
the business placed in our care over that time 
and how we have acquitted ourselves in our 
stewardship of the Group.

Although the worst effects of the pandemic 
appear to be over and a new normal, which 
has adjusted to changes in social and working 
practices, is in place, it is worth reminding 
ourselves that, at the start of our last financial 
year, the government had only just embarked 
upon its staged programme of lifting the 
restrictions on social contact, business and  
travel. It has, therefore, been a year of 
adjustment for the Group and its stakeholders  
to the changing environment.

Those relaxations have not been mirrored in 
our approach to governance. On the contrary, 
our determination to promote and deliver the 
highest standards of conduct and integrity 
from our workforce is stronger than ever, as is 
our commitment to act in the best interests of 
our shareholders and all other stakeholders, as 
explained in more detail in the report by the 
Directors on the Group’s governance which 
follows and in the Section 172 Statement on 
pages 26 and 27. Against that background, it 
is therefore very disappointing to report the 
matters referred to in my statement on page 4 
and our CEO’s statement that have contributed 
to the significant exceptional costs incurred.

Our successful adaptation to working from 
home during the height of the pandemic has 
evolved into hybrid working patterns for a large 
proportion of our workforce which are likely 
to become the new normal way of working, 
at least for the foreseeable future, with our 
focus continuing to be on the health, safety 
and welfare of staff in tandem, of course, with 
enhancing the quality of our services and client 
experience.

A positive spin-off from this new way of working 
has been the reduced need for office space 
which has led to our decision to close our 
Romford office and relocate the operations 
based there to our City headquarters. In the 
process, we have been at lengths to ensure that 
the move will not be detrimental to the staff 
involved, either financially or to their wellbeing. 
Amongst the benefits will be a significant 
net reduction in the Group’s carbon footprint 
through the more efficient utilisation of space 
(as is reported in our environmental disclosures 
on pages 28 to 31) and other efficiencies flowing 
from a closer integration between our front and 
back offices.

One of the adverse developments through the 
pandemic, which continues to gain momentum, 
is the level of fraudulent and financial crime 
activity. This is not only a major concern and 
focus of attention for regulators but could 
have devastating consequences for our clients 
and our business should our controls not be on 
highest alert. Consequently, considerable efforts 
continue to be made to ensure both that our 
systems, procedures and controls are as robust as 
we can make them to protect against these risks 
and that our staff and clients are fully cognisant 
of the dangers and protocols to be observed.

The economic recovery has also highlighted 
a skills shortage in our industry, leading to 
heightened competition for quality staff. 
Recruitment and retention of employees with 
the skills and experience we need to maintain 
our high standards is clearly a challenge for us 
but one we are determined to overcome through 
our reward structures, career development 
opportunities and providing a conducive  
working environment.

My purpose, in highlighting the points above, is 
to demonstrate that I and my fellow Directors 
are intent on ensuring that governance of the 
Group is applied in an effective, relevant and 
meaningful way, and is fully aligned with our 
culture and values.

Accordingly, in compliance with the current UK 
Corporate Governance Code, which provides 
that the Directors should be subject to annual 
re-election, I confirm that all current members of 
the Board will be putting themselves forward for 
re-election at the forthcoming Annual General 
Meeting.

Martin Wright
Chairman

29 July 2022

Corporate governanceWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022 
Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

35

Report by the Directors – 
on corporate governance matters
year ended 31 March 2022

This report, together with the Audit Committee and Remuneration reports on subsequent pages, explains how the Company has applied the principles  
of the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code (“the Code”) to the governance of the Group’s affairs.

Compliance
In view of the size and nature of the business of the Company and its operating subsidiaries, the Board takes a proportionate approach in applying 
the Code’s provisions. In accordance with the “comply or explain” guidance, this report explains where the Company complies and where alternative 
arrangements are adopted. The principal areas of non-compliance with the Code’s provisions are:

  the composition of the Board, with regard to the independence of its Non-Executive Directors, and the formal evaluation of the Board’s, 

its members’ and its Committees’ effectiveness; and

  the means by which the Board engages with the Group’s workforce;

all of which are addressed under the following relevant sections of this report.

Board leadership and Company purpose
Purpose, values, business model and strategy
The Group’s purpose, values, business model and strategy, their alignment with our culture, and how we seek to generate and preserve value 
over the long term, are set out on pages 10 and 11.

Strategy execution, threats to plan, business risks, emerging opportunities and progress made are addressed by:

  evaluating strategic proposals to ensure that they are aimed at enhancing the business model and generating value for shareholders;
  considering the views and priorities of stakeholders and the impact on strategy;
  identifying and reviewing existing and emerging threats to plan and business risks, and how these are being managed or mitigated, 

as described on pages 22 to 25;

  ensuring the Group’s resources and competencies are aligned with achievement of its strategic ambitions;
  reinforcing the Group’s values by adopting workforce policies and practices that are consistent therewith;
  promoting effective channels for the workforce to raise any concerns;
  implementing robust procedures to manage conflicts of interest;
  monitoring progress towards the delivery of the Group’s strategic initiatives; and
  undertaking half-yearly assessments of the Group’s prospects and viability and its ability to continue as a going concern, as detailed on pages 38 and 39.

Particular attention was given during the year to reassessing the Group’s principal risks and the effects upon them and the business model of the pandemic 
and, latterly, the impact of the Ukraine conflict on the global economy and capital markets.

Culture and workforce engagement
The Board recognises the importance of workforce engagement and ensuring that the culture throughout the Group is aligned with its purpose, values  
and strategy. This is addressed by the Executive Directors and at Board and Committee meetings through:

  Executives’ regular engagement with the workforce as explained further on page 26;
  regular discussion at Board Meetings on culture and matters of concern to the workforce;
  promoting our speak up policies and reviewing the outcomes of whistleblowing reports and remedial actions;
  monitoring levels of absenteeism and workforce turnover;
  receiving reports on conduct, including compliance breaches and any instances of fraud, and considering non-financial behaviours when assessing 

individual and Group performance and reward; and

  periodic review and approval of all Group policies regarding conduct, health and safety, human resources and social responsibility, amongst others.

The Board has not adopted one of the three methods of workforce engagement set out in the Code as the Group has a relatively small number of 
employees with regular engagement through the Executive Directors, which the Board believes provides timely and relevant communication and 
awareness of key matters. Details of the methods used are also given in the Section 172 Statement on pages 26 and 27 as are the means by which  
the views and interests of the Group’s other key stakeholders are considered and taken into account in the Board’s decision-making.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 202236

Report by the Directors – 
on corporate governance matters continued
year ended 31 March 2022

Engagement with shareholders
The Board recognises the importance of regular, meaningful, transparent and effective communications with shareholders. This is principally 
achieved through:

  the Company’s Interim and Annual Reports and Accounts, which include a detailed review of the business and future developments and are publicly 

available on the Company’s website at walkercrips.co.uk;

  the Annual General Meeting to communicate with private and institutional investors. All Directors are available at General Meetings to answer questions 
and the proxy votes cast on each resolution proposed are disclosed at those meetings. The Chairman actively encourages and welcomes all shareholders’ 
participation in the AGM;

  the Chairman and Chief Executive being in regular contact with your Group’s major shareholders, the Lim family, with important factors arising from 

these discussions promptly communicated to the Board; and

  the Board also encouraging individual shareholders to raise any questions with the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer or Senior Independent Director and 
ensuring these are addressed promptly and thoroughly. This is achieved most efficiently by contacting the Company Secretary at the following address: 
CoSec@wcgplc.co.uk.

More information on how the interests of shareholders have been taken into account in the year is contained in the Section 172 Statement on page 26.

Division of responsibilities
Effectiveness
The Chairman and fellow Directors are cognisant of their responsibility to direct the Group effectively, to actively participate in and contribute to Board 
discussions and to promote a culture of objectivity, openness and debate. The Board believes it achieves this with its current composition of two Executive 
Directors and four Non-Executive Directors, with separation of the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer appointments. Priority is also placed on receiving 
timely and relevant information, with effective support provided by an experienced Company Secretary.

Independence of Non-Executive Directors
The Board is aware that the tenure and/or interests of a majority of its Non-Executive Directors are consistent with certain of the circumstances the Code 
identifies as likely to impair a non-executive’s independence. Specifically, Martin Wright, David Gelber and Hua Min Lim have each served on the Board for 
considerably more than nine years. Hua Min Lim, together with connected parties, is also a significant shareholder. Martin Wright had served for more than 
nine years when he was appointed Chairman of the Board and is a partner of the Group’s solicitors, Charles Russell Speechlys LLP.

Although the duration of their Board appointments and the other interests are circumstances identified by the Code that could impair independence, 
the Board reviews the Directors’ contributions every year and is satisfied that they continue to deliver both objectivity and value, providing constructive 
challenge and support to the Executive Directors and Management, and demonstrate an independent approach to their responsibilities. In considering 
effectiveness, the Non-Executive Directors’ collective and individual competencies, experience and time availability to perform their roles are kept under review.

The Non-Executive Directors meet without the Executive Directors being present, further enhancing the effectiveness with which they both scrutinise  
the Executive Directors’ performance and hold them to account. Clive Bouch, who has served on the Board since 2017, acts as Senior Independent  
Non-Executive Director to provide a sounding board for the Chairman and serve as an intermediary for other Directors and shareholders. He meets  
with other Directors without the Chairman present as required, for example when addressing the Chairman’s performance and remuneration.

Division of responsibilities
There is a clear division of responsibilities between the Chairman and Chief Executive, and their responsibilities, together with those of the Senior 
Independent Director, the Board and its Committees, have been set out in writing, agreed by the Board and are publicly available.

Certain Executive and Non-Executive Directors of the Group are also Directors of the Boards of the main operating companies which conduct regulated 
investment business, thereby exerting influence and constructive challenge at an operating level.

The plan previously reported to consolidate the Group by merging the regulated entities will allow a more holistic oversight of the business as a whole.

Governance framework
The Board has three committees: the Audit Committee, the Nomination Committee and the Remuneration Committee, the terms of reference of each of 
which are available on the Company’s website at walkercrips.co.uk. The Chairman of each of these committees is responsible for reporting to the Board 
on how the Committee has discharged its duties. In addition, the Chairs of the Executive Risk Management Committee and the Executive Compliance 
Committee provide operational input to the Audit Committee and at Board Meetings.

Matters reserved for the Board
The Board has a formal schedule of matters reserved to it for decision making, including, inter alia, developing the future direction of the Group’s business, 
agreeing policies and procedures, approving material transactions, business plans, business risk reviews and borrowings, and monitoring the Group’s 
progress. The full list of matters reserved for the Board is available on the Company’s website at walkercrips.co.uk.

All operating subsidiaries’ Boards and other management or operational committees include at least one main Board Executive Director who serves  
as the link between the Board and Management on operational decision-making.

Corporate governanceWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

37

Division of responsibilities continued
Board attendance
The following table shows the attendance of the Directors at scheduled Board Meetings and as members or invitees at Board Committee Meetings during 
the year:

Total number of meetings 
Martin Wright (Chairman) 
Clive Bouch (Senior Independent Director) 
David Gelber (Non-Executive Director) 
Hua Min Lim (Non-Executive Director)1 
Sean Lam (Chief Executive) 
Sanath Dandeniya (Group Finance Director) 

Board 

Audit  Remuneration 
Committee 

Committee 

Nomination
Committee

9 
8 
9 
5 
0 
9 
9 

6 
6 
6 
5 
n/a 
2 
6 

3 
3 
3 
1 
0 
3 
3 

1
1
1
1
0
n/a
n/a

1   Hua Min Lim, who is based in Singapore, is provided the management information packs in advance of each Board Meeting for his comments, which are then relayed  

to the Board.

As indicated by the attendance table above, the Board meets regularly through scheduled meetings. It also convenes regularly at other times as necessary 
throughout the year. The Company Secretary attends all Board Meetings and is responsible for advising the Board on corporate governance matters.  
Both the appointment and the removal of the Company Secretary are matters reserved for the Board.

Composition, succession and evaluation
Diversity and inclusion
The Board recognises the governance benefits that breadth of perspective and diverse traits deliver. It is fully committed to promoting talented individuals 
as executives on merit, both internally and through recruitment, with the Board’s whole-hearted encouragement supported by accessible training and 
regular open communication between Directors and staff.

Nomination Committee
The Committee’s principal responsibilities are to ensure Board appointments are subject to a formal, rigorous and transparent procedure and that 
succession plans are based on merit and objective criteria. It also seeks to ensure the contribution of each Director is monitored and the effectiveness  
of the Board as a whole is evaluated. The Committee consists of Martin Wright (who acts as its Chairman), Clive Bouch, David Gelber and Hua Min Lim.

The Committee met once during the year to review the composition of the Board and its continued effectiveness.

As was reported last year, the Group is undergoing a reorganisation and the Nomination Committee and the Board have remained of the view that  
the existing Board members should continue to serve until completion of this project. During this timeframe the Committee will also perform a thorough 
Board effectiveness assessment and conduct a search to determine a successor for David Gelber.

The Committee will take full account of the Board’s policy on diversity in considering any appointments within its remit, which encompasses gender,  
age, education, social and ethnic backgrounds, disability and cognitive and personal strengths, and includes the appointment of female members  
of staff to senior management roles within the Group.

Board composition and re-election
As noted earlier in this report, the Board comprises six Directors of whom two undertake executive roles as Chief Executive Officer and Group Finance 
Director respectively, and four are non-executives, including the Board Chairman. In accordance with the Code, all of the Directors are now subject to 
annual re-election. Therefore, all of the current Directors will be put forward for re-election at the forthcoming AGM. The Directors’ biographies on pages 
32 and 33 describe the range, depth and complementary nature of their individual skills and experience, the combination of which provides a balanced and 
effective Board.

Audit, risk and internal control
Audit Committee
Throughout the year, the Audit Committee comprised Clive Bouch, who acted as its Chairman, and David Gelber.

Further information about the Audit Committee, its responsibilities and activities during the year can be found in the Audit Committee report 
on pages 40 to 43.

Risk management
The Board is responsible for the identification and robust assessment of the Group’s emerging and principal risks and this is carried out continually 
throughout the year. Details of the principal risks and how they are being managed or mitigated are set out on pages 22 to 25.

The Board has been assisted in discharging these responsibilities by the Audit Committee, as well as the Executive Risk Management Committee (“RMC”), 
the members of which have been selected based on their experience and skill sets. James Chalmers-Smith, Head of Group Risk, and a Director of Walker 
Crips Investment Management Limited, acts as the RMC’s Chairman.

The members of the operating companies’ boards, overseen by the main Board, are responsible for ensuring that adequate systems and controls are in 
place and that the businesses operate in accordance with all relevant legal and regulatory requirements. The Executive Directors of each Group company 
are responsible for its day-to-day management.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
38

Report by the Directors – 
on corporate governance matters continued
year ended 31 March 2022

Audit, risk and internal control continued
Risk management continued
The objectives of the RMC are to assist the Group and operating companies’ boards in fulfilling their corporate governance oversight responsibilities  
by evaluating, reviewing and reporting on:

  risk appetite, strategy and tolerance, including integration with the Group’s culture, values and behaviour; and
  the operation of risk management frameworks in the effective mitigation of strategic, operational and external risks.

The RMC ensures that all new initiatives, projects and products are formally assessed and evaluated for the degree of risk exposure and regulatory capital 
impact to the Group, thus enabling strategies for the management, mitigation, transfer or avoidance of risk to be formulated.

The Board assesses principal risks facing the Group, including those that threaten its business model, future performance, solvency and liquidity.

Internal control
The Board acknowledges its responsibility for the Group’s system of internal control and has formalised the process for its review of internal control 
(including financial, operational and compliance controls as well as risk management) and defining the scope and frequency of reports to be received, 
both by the Board and the Audit Committee. There is an ongoing process for identifying, evaluating and managing the significant risks faced by the Group 
as communicated through the RMC. This process has been in operation throughout the year and up to the date of approval of this Annual Report and 
Accounts and is regularly reviewed by the Board which is satisfied that it accords with the relevant guidance. Due to the relatively small size of the Group 
there is a simple organisational and reporting structure. Financial results, forecasts and projections, and other information, are regularly reported to the 
Board throughout the year.

The Directors keep the Group’s internal control and risk management systems under review by conducting an annual assessment, involving dialogue with 
relevant senior managers, of the effective design and operation of the controls to meet key control objectives and to mitigate key risks. In this connection, 
as explained in the Chairman’s statement on pages 4 and 5, and CEO’s statement on pages 8 and 9, investment is continuing and work is in progress 
to enhance our financial crime and other controls to address the weaknesses identified. The Directors consider that the controls and risk management 
procedures established and to be implemented are appropriate for the Group. However, any system of internal control and risk management can only 
provide reasonable, not absolute, assurance against material misstatement or loss.

The Group operates under a system of internal financial controls which have been developed and refined to meet its current and future needs.

These include, but are not limited to:

  the organisational structure and the delegation of authorities to operational management;
  procedures for the review and authorisation of capital investments;
  business plans, budgets and forecasts which are reviewed by the Board;
  the reporting and review of financial results and other operating information;
  accounting and financial reporting policies to ensure the consistency, integrity and accuracy of the Group’s accounting records; and
  financial and operating controls and procedures which are in place throughout the Group and monitored through various means including routine 

and special reviews by both the external and internal auditors.

Compliance Committee
The Executive Compliance Committee monitors the Group’s compliance with all regulatory matters and considers rule updates and guidance notes  
from the FCA, the Joint Money Laundering Steering Group, the Financial Ombudsman Service, the Financial Services Compensation Scheme and other  
UK regulatory and industry bodies.

The Committee is also responsible for interpreting new rules, guidance notes and regulations disseminated by the FCA and other regulatory and industry 
bodies. In the current financial year, the Committee has been engaged with improving our Financial Crime Compliance framework, developing our Product 
Governance and Environmental, Social and Governance (“ESG”) framework, interpreting incoming regulatory changes on Consumer Duty and Diversity and 
Inclusion and how they can be embedded within the Group, and implementing the Investment Firms Prudential Regime, known as IFPR.

The Committee also ensures all compliance policies, procedures and guidance are adequately and properly implemented. James Hiett, Head of Group 
Compliance, acts as the Compliance Committee’s Chairman.

Prospects
The financial year 2020/21, mainly due to the Covid pandemic, saw significant disruptions. The Group’s ability to generate income was severely impacted 
by the cut in Bank of England base rate and lower AUM values leading to lower management fees. The second half of the financial year 2020/21, however, 
saw the start of the recovery of the financial markets. Nearly all business units gained momentum in this period and continued this momentum to the 
financial year 2021/22, demonstrating the resilience in the Group’s core business, business model, staff and management resolve.

The financial year 2021/22, the year being assessed, saw the Group returning to profitability, although this was hampered by the significant increase  
in exceptional costs reported in the year. Nevertheless, Management remains committed to the Group’s strategic priorities and has confidence in its  
longer-term prospects.

The Group’s strategy continues to be primarily focused on building on the existing core businesses of investment management and wealth management, 
focusing on revenue growth, improving margins, investing in its people and attracting talented teams, underpinned by both improved technology and 
attention to cost control.

The Group prepares five-year projections for business planning purposes, its ICAAP and stress testing. However, the Directors continue to consider  
a three-year period remains appropriate for the viability statement because it is aligned with the Group’s planning horizon, and also takes into account  
the unpredictability inherent in the financial sector. The Directors do not currently plan to revise the three-year viability statement period, but will keep 
it under review.

Corporate governanceWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

39

Viability statement
The Directors have assessed the outlook of the Group over three years, a period longer than the 12 months underpinning the ‘Going concern’ statement,  
in accordance with the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code.

The Group, to articulate its corporate strategy, maintains a five-year forecasting model. The Directors, however, consider a three-year timeframe to be 
appropriate in view of our scale, planning cycle and uncertainties in the financial services markets. There is, however, no reason to believe the five-year view 
would be different, but as always, there is more uncertainty over a longer time horizon, particularly in relation to external factors.

The forecasting model, which forms part of the Group’s ICCAP process, is then subjected to a range of stress tests, including reverse stress tests. These 
stress tests are devised through discussions with Senior Management and consists of two alternative stress scenarios, both directly linked to the Group’s 
“base” case budget and forecasts under normal operating conditions.

The Group’s base case scenario and the two alternative stress scenarios consider the Group’s current financial position and the potential impact of 
principal risks and uncertainties facing the Group. The two alternative stress scenarios considered are: (i) a “bear stress scenario” where a fall in market and 
levels of activity result in a reduction in total revenue of 10%; and (ii) a “severe stress scenario” where the impact on revenues of a further significant fall in 
global financial markets causes reductions in commission and fee incomes of 20% and 15%, respectively.

In the bear and severe stress scenarios, the Group has positive liquidity throughout the three-year period. All regulatory prudential requirements are met 
in the bear scenario, but the severe scenario impacts our prudential capital ratio such that, without management action, it potentially falls below the 
regulatory requirement in January 2024.

The Directors consider the severe stress scenario to be remote in view of the prudence built into the plans and the further mitigations available to the 
Directors that are not reflected therein. Such mitigating actions within Management control include reduction in proprietary risk positions, delayed capital 
expenditure, further reductions in discretionary spend and additional reduction in employee headcount. Other mitigating actions which may be possible 
include seeking shareholder support, potential sale of assets and stronger cost reductions.

Finally, a “reversed stress scenario” is performed to assess the resilience of the Group’s business model and strategy. This indicates that the Group would  
be placed under significant stress if it were to lose 38% of gross income over the next 12 months.

Taking account of the current financial position, strategic plans, principal risks and the Board’s assessment of the Group’s prospects, the Directors have  
a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over a period of at least three years.

Going concern
The Directors have considered the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at least 12 months from the date of approval of the 
financial statements and are satisfied that it will be able to operate within the level of its current financing arrangements and regulatory capital limits 
imposed by the regulator, the Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”). Accordingly, the Board continues to adopt the going concern basis for the preparation 
of the financial statements. Further details of the Directors’ going concern assessment are provided in note 2 to the financial statements on page 66.

Remuneration
The Company’s remuneration policies and practices are designed to support the business strategy and promote long-term success. In particular,  
the remuneration policies and structures are designed to be straight-forward and ensure executive bonus awards are subject to the Remuneration 
Committee’s discretion, which includes consideration of both financial and non-financial performance. No Director is involved in deciding their own 
remuneration outcome.

The Committee and Board are aware that the current remuneration structures are reflective of legacy arrangements, particularly the formulaic profit 
share arrangements, and that presently there are no long-term incentive plans in place. As part of the reorganisation referred to above, the Remuneration 
Committee will in due course undertake a review of remuneration arrangements for Directors and Senior Management.

Information on the remuneration policy, how it was implemented in the year and the work of the Remuneration Committee can be found in the 
Remuneration report on pages 44 to 50.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 202240

Audit Committee report
year ended 31 March 2022

Chairman’s introduction
On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present the Audit Committee’s report on its responsibilities and activities during the year.

Composition and constitution
The Board is responsible for establishing and maintaining an Audit Committee and for appointing its members.

The 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code (“the Code”) provides that the Committee should comprise of only independent Non-Executive Directors of 
the Company with a minimum of two members. The Committee comprises two members, albeit one member has been a Director for more than nine years 
and formerly chaired the Board. This reflects the size of the Board and scale of the business. The Board’s emphasis is to ensure that those Non-Executive 
Directors serving on the Committee have the necessary skills, experience, objectivity and knowledge of the sector to operate effectively and to work 
together in providing effective guidance and challenge.

Clive Bouch, who is a Chartered Accountant with recent and relevant financial experience, served as the Committee Chairman throughout the year, and 
David Gelber served as the other Committee member. As authorised by its Terms of Reference, the Committee invited the Group Finance Director and the 
Heads of Compliance and Group Risk to attend and report at its meetings as well as representatives of both the Group’s internal and external auditors.  
The Group Chairman and Group Chief Executive are also invited to attend meetings.

The Committee’s current Terms of Reference are available for inspection on the Company’s website at wcgplc.co.uk.

Main responsibilities of the Committee
The Committee assists the Board in its oversight of the:

integrity and quality of financial reporting and disclosure;
a. 
b.  selection and application of accounting policies and practices;
c.  risk management systems and internal control environment;
d.  Group’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements relevant to financial reporting and accounting;
e.  appointment/reappointment, independence and performance of the external auditor, including the quality and effectiveness of the external audit;
f. 
g.  effectiveness of internal audit;
h.  Group’s compliance with statutory tax obligations;
i.  determination of distributable reserves; and
j.  other issues, if any, on which the Board may request the Committee’s opinion.

integrity of significant financial returns to regulators;

Meetings
There were six formal meetings of the Committee during the year. The Committee members’ meeting attendances are set out in the Report by the 
Directors on corporate governance matters on page 37. The Company Secretary acts as Secretary to the Committee.

The Committee Chairman is responsible for developing the agendas for meetings, in consultation with the Secretary, Executive Management and external 
service providers as appropriate. The Chairman and Secretary ensure that the Committee’s work addresses the areas within its remit. In addition to those 
invited to attend meetings on a regular basis as mentioned earlier, other members of the Group’s workforce may be called upon to report to the Committee 
and respond to any questions it may have.

Outside of formal meetings, the Committee Chairman maintains a dialogue with the Board Chairman, CEO, Group Finance Director, the Heads of 
Compliance and Group Risk, the external audit partner and members of the internal audit leadership team.

Committee activities
The work of the Committee during the year ended 31 March 2022 fell into three main areas:

1.   Accounting and financial reporting

The Committee reviewed the:

a.  annual and interim financial statements, reports and preliminary announcements;
b  significant financial reporting policy disclosures, estimates and judgements;
c.  appropriateness of the preparation of the financial statements on a going concern basis;
d. 
e.  Annual Report to consider whether, taken as a whole, it is fair, balanced and understandable and provides information relevant to shareholders’ 

long-term viability statement prior to Board approval;

assessment of the Group’s position and performance, business model and strategy; and

f.  Group’s first report to comply with the new Task Force on Climate Related Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”) set out on pages 28 to 31.

2. 

Internal controls
The Committee:

a.  monitored the integrity and effectiveness of the Group’s internal financial controls through consideration of key risks and mitigating controls,  

and reports and presentations from internal audit, external audit and the Heads of Compliance and Risk;

b.  reviewed actions taken, and challenged the appropriateness of deadlines for implementation, in response to reports on internal controls in order  

to address matters identified;

c.  considered the effectiveness of the systems established to identify, manage, and monitor financial and non-financial risk.
d. 

instructed Management to engage independent assurance on the Group’s implementation of the new prudential regulatory regime and reporting; 
and

e.  challenged Management on the actions and project plans to address the weaknesses in internal control identified during the year and explained in 

the Chairman’s Statement on page 4 and CEO’s statement on page 8.

Corporate governanceWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

41

3. 

External audit
The Committee:

a.  assessed the qualifications, expertise and resources of PKF Littlejohn LLP (“PKF”) as the Company’s and Group’s auditor and the effectiveness  

and quality of the external audit process;

b.  reviewed PKF’s audit plan, audit approach, scope of work to be carried out and audit findings;
c.  reviewed the auditor’s independence and objectivity, including compliance with the Group’s non-audit services policy; and
d.  reviewed PKF’s recommendations in respect of the internal control environment and management’s responses thereto.

There have been no interactions between the Company and the FRC during the period. When reviewing the preparation, content and presentation  
of the Annual Report, the Committee considers, and challenges Management on actions to take account of, the matters raised in the FRC’s letter  
to Audit Committee Chairs and Finance Directors.

External auditor
PKF was appointed to fill a casual vacancy in December 2020 following a competitive tender process, and reappointed by shareholders’ resolution at the 
2021 AGM to serve until the conclusion of the next meeting at which accounts are laid. Accordingly, a resolution to reappoint PKF as auditor will be put  
to shareholders at the forthcoming AGM.

PKF has reported to the Committee on how it complies with professional and regulatory requirements to ensure its independence. The Group’s non-audit 
services policy is published on the website at wcgplc.co.uk. The incumbent auditor also carried out a desktop review of the Group’s interim report and 
reports to the FCA on CASS compliance for relevant Group companies. PKF is currently completing assurance services under AAF 01/20 in respect of the 
Group’s service organisation controls report. No other services have been provided by the auditors during the year. Details of external audit and non-audit 
fees are disclosed in note 9 to the financial statements on page 78.

The performance of the external auditor is monitored on an ongoing basis and takes account of its knowledge of our sector, the quality and experience of 
the individuals assigned, the level of engagement, effectiveness of communication, feedback from Management and Committee members and published 
findings of the FRC’s audit quality inspection reviews. As part of the Committee’s deliberations on audit quality and effectiveness, the Committee 
Chairman communicates directly with the external audit partner to discuss this important matter and share feedback. The Committee is satisfied that  
PKF has performed an effective audit.

The Committee reviews specific reports and good practice suggestions presented by the external auditor. The Committee discusses and acts upon the 
external auditor’s comments relating to internal financial control and on the preparation of the financial statements. The Committee reports any issues 
directly to the Board after each meeting. The Committee also meets with the external auditor without management being present at least once a year. 
The statutory audit has not resulted in any significant control issues or matters that required material adjustment to the accounts.

Internal audit
The provision of internal audit activities continued to be outsourced to Evelyn Partners LLP (formerly named Smith & Williamson LLP) during the year.  
As reported last year, as a matter of good practice, an internal audit tender process has now been initiated and is expected to be concluded later this year.

The internal audit function reports directly to the Committee. The internal audit plan and scope of work is reviewed and approved by the Committee each 
year. The budget is agreed between the Committee Chairman and Group Finance Director having regard to the planned scope of work. To support the 
effectiveness of assurance coverage across the second and third lines of defence, internal audit presents a three-year rolling plan.

The internal audit reports and recommendations are presented to the Committee together with Management’s responses and proposed actions for 
discussion and challenge.

During the year, internal audit’s work included reviews of the Group’s approach to and controls over market abuse, the Tier 1 Investor Visa service (since 
discontinued), client assets procedures in relation to the FCA’s rules, the Finance Department and debtor management procedures. A new internal audit 
plan will be developed and implemented on completion of the tender process referred to above.

The Committee monitors the effectiveness of the internal audit service provided by Evelyn Partners. The particular focus is on competence and capabilities, 
timely reporting and the quality of communication and recommendations. The Committee also monitors any other services that Evelyn Partners may 
provide to ensure the integrity and independence of the Group’s third line of defence is not compromised.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 202242

Audit Committee report continued
year ended 31 March 2022

Going concern and longer-term viability statement
Disclosures regarding the adoption of the going concern basis of financial statement preparation and the Directors’ viability statement are found on 
page 39. In considering these disclosures, the Committee reviewed the Group’s strategic priorities, projections for the forthcoming year and medium 
term, current business performance against those projections, the stress and reverse stress scenarios updated to reflect current market conditions and 
the continuing effects of the COVID-19 pandemic and the Ukraine conflict, current financial resources and capital expenditure plans, together with 
ongoing compliance with the new prudential regime requirements. The Committee challenged the reasons for the period adopted for the viability 
statement and the consideration given to key assumptions and dependencies.

The Committee noted and/or challenged in particular:

  the Group’s performance during the year and post year end, market outlook, financial plans and projections, and budgets;
  the effects of Management’s actions to protect the safety of staff and support client service in response to COVID-19 and changing work patterns;
  dividend proposals and policy;
  Group liquidity, noting that 90% of the Group’s regulatory financial resources at 31 March 2022 are held in cash or cash equivalents and there are no 

material restrictions on accessing or utilising required liquidity throughout the Group;

  the Group’s regulatory capital at 31 March 2022 and the date of this report comfortably exceeds its regulatory capital requirement and all regulated 

entities within the Group held capital in excess of their solo regulatory requirements;

  the Group’s principal debt obligations are the lease liabilities arising from the adoption of IFRS 16;
  an intra-day credit line is made available by our principal bankers to enable daily net settlement of market transactions in an orderly fashion; and
  the stress scenario analyses, key assumptions and Management actions demonstrating the Group meets projected solvency and liquidity requirements  

to continue as a going concern.

Financial reporting and significant financial judgements
The main areas considered by the Committee are set out below and overleaf:

Matter considered

Action

Carrying value of Walker Crips Group plc’s investment in subsidiaries

The carrying value of the Parent Company’s investment in subsidiaries, 
including the value attributed to client lists arising from these 
acquisitions, amounts to £21.8 million. This significantly exceeds the 
market value of the Group as determined by reference to the quoted 
share price. This situation has persisted for several years.

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

The Consolidated Statement of Financial Position includes goodwill  
of £4.4 million, client lists of £5.5 million, and software licences of  
£0.3 million. These principally arise on business combinations or hiring  
of individuals or teams of investment managers and purchase of 
software licences.

The goodwill arose on, and has been allocated to, the acquisitions of 
London York Fund Managers Limited (£2.9 million) and Barker Poland 
Asset Management LLP (£1.5 million), which continue as identifiable 
cash-generating units (“CGUs”). The year-end amortised value of client 
lists attributed to these CGUs are £nil and £2.2 million, respectively, with 
the remaining balance being attributable to individuals or teams  
of investment managers hired separately, and software licences.

As part of the impairment review work the discrepancy in values was 
again considered and the conclusion reached that the carrying value 
remains supported based upon valuations of the principal trading 
subsidiaries. Reasons for the discrepancy include the overheads incurred 
at the Parent Company level, the small size of the Group and illiquidity 
in the market for the Company’s shares. The Committee also considered 
the procedures performed by the external auditors in respect of the 
carrying value, which has been identified by them as a key risk, but not  
a key audit matter.

Management assesses any impairment of goodwill by comparing the 
book value of assets attributable to the CGUs to the higher of their 
fair value less cost to sell or value-in-use. The Committee reviewed 
Management’s papers supporting the conclusion there is no impairment, 
with particular challenge regarding the assumptions used and the 
proposed disclosures (see note 17). The Committee also considered the 
procedures performed by the external auditors (see the independent 
auditor’s report on page 57).

The values attributed to client lists are amortised over their estimated 
useful lives, being periods of between three and twenty years. 
Management assesses any further indicators of impairment by 
reference to the continuing value of Assets Under Management and 
Administration, peer comparisons, the loss of investment managers, the 
loss rate of clients, and other causes of possible outflows. The Committee 
reviewed Management’s supporting papers in respect of indicators 
of impairment and amortisation periods and appropriateness of the 
impairment charge. The Committee also considered the procedures 
performed by the external auditors (see the independent auditor’s report 
on page 58).

Corporate governanceWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

43

Matter considered

Provisions

Action

The financial statements include provisions in respect of dilapidations 
(£0.62 million), completion of the remediation of the financial crime 
framework (£0.46 million), and customer redress and associated costs 
(£0.65 million). These amounts are estimated with varying degrees 
of certainty.

The Committee considered and challenged Management’s 
determination of the amounts provided and related disclosures (see 
Chairman’s statement on page 4, CEO’s statement on page 8, note 4 
on page 74, and note 27 on page 88), concluding they were appropriate 
based upon the information presently available.

Exceptional items and alternative performance measures

The Group classifies certain material items as exceptional and presents 
alternative performance measures (“APMs”) to provide a clearer 
understanding of the underlying trading performance of the business. 
In 2021/22, the Group has reported exceptional charges totalling 
£1,437,000 (2020/21: £419,000). 

The exceptional items reported this year are therefore significant and 
relate to business reorganisation and redundancies, the independent 
review and remediation project in respect of the Group’s financial crime 
control framework (see “Provisions” above), customer redress  
(see “Provisions” above), and settlement income.

APMs presented are operating profit before exceptional items, profit 
before tax and exceptional items, adjusted EBITDA, and underlying  
cash generation from operations.

The Committee also considered the procedures followed by the external 
auditors and their findings, including those in respect of provisions for 
redress (see independent auditor’s report on page 58).

The Committee requested, received and considered explanations from 
Management setting out the description of items that would fall to 
be exceptional (see note 10 on page 79), the reasons therefore and 
the proposed disclosures, including the reconciliations provided in the 
Finance Director’s review on page 17 between the IFRS reported results 
and the APMs. 

The Committee challenged Management regarding (i) the prominence 
and equal presentation of the IFRS results and APMs, (ii) the nature of 
the exceptional items and their consistency with the Group’s accounting 
policy, and (iii) the disclosure of and references to the exceptional items 
in note 10, the financial highlights the Chairman’s statement, the CEO’s 
statement, the CFO’s review and elsewhere in the Annual Report  
and Accounts. The Committee also considered the external auditor’s 
findings in respect of these matters. 

Based on its deliberations the Committee is satisfied with the 
presentation and explanations of the exceptional items and APMs.

Performance evaluation
A formal evaluation of the Committee’s performance will be undertaken before the current year end based on feedback to a questionnaire distributed to 
Committee members and others who regularly attend Audit Committee meetings and the principal areas identified for improvement addressed.

Committee members have maintained and developed their knowledge and awareness through a combination of self-reading, practical experience, 
receiving presentations and/or undertaking formal CISI or other provider modules.

Approval
This report in its entirety has been approved by the Committee and signed on its behalf by:

Clive Bouch
Audit Committee Chairman

29 July 2022

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022 
44

Remuneration report 
year ended 31 March 2022

Introduction
This report details the Directors’ remuneration for the year ended 31 March 2022 in accordance with Schedule 8 of The Large and Medium-sized 
Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 (referred to below as Schedule 8), the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code, the Listing 
Rules and the Directors’ shareholder-approved Remuneration Policy applicable to that year.

The report is in two parts:

Part A – The Annual Statement from the Remuneration Committee Chairman; and
Part B – The Annual Remuneration Report, which is subject to shareholders’ advisory vote.

The Remuneration Policy approved by shareholders at the 2020 Annual General Meeting and effective from 1 April 2021 was replaced by an updated 
Remuneration Policy approved by Shareholders at the 2021 AGM with immediate effect (28 September 2021). Both the 2020 and 2021 approved Policies 
are available for inspection on the Group’s website at wcgplc.co.uk where the former can be found on pages 39 to 42 of the 2020 Annual Report and the 
latter on pages 50 to 53 of the 2021 Annual Report.

The parts of the Annual Remuneration Report that are subject to audit are identified. The Annual Statement which follows is not subject to audit.

Part A – Annual Statement from the Remuneration Committee Chairman
When I reported last year, I explained that as our result was a financial loss for the year, deliberations regarding salary increases and bonus awards seemed 
inapt, particularly given the challenges and suffering faced by our stakeholders and communities at large. This year we have seen a strong recovery in our 
revenue generating performance and improved gross margins reflecting profitability improvement initiatives, but what otherwise would have been a strong 
profits performance has been marred by exceptional charges that in large part reflect unacceptable failures in our internal control environment (see the 
Chairman’s statement on page 4 and CEO’s statement on page 8). We are also experiencing inflationary pressures on salaries in line with the tight labour 
market and have had to respond proportionately and promptly. These factors have impacted the Remuneration Committee’s deliberations and decisions 
and I draw your attention to six key consequences:

1.   The Committee did not authorise the deferred share-based discretionary awards to executive directors that were proposed last year and subject  

to both shareholder approval and the business continuing to improve profitable trading.

2.   No discretionary bonuses will be awarded to Executive Directors in respect of the year.
3.   The formulaic bonus pool does not crystallise as profits are insufficient.
4.   Executive Directors will not receive any increase in salaries.
5.   The Remuneration Committee discussed, challenged and approved salary and bonus proposals for our workforce as presented by Executive 

Management. Salary increases were generally in the range of 3-4% and bonuses reflected individual and team performance (including consideration 
of non-financial matters). Amongst other factors, the Committee instructed Management to consider gender pay equality across the workforce and 
market rates for the sector and geographical areas in which we operate when making their salary and bonus proposals.

6.   Separate awards were made to staff moving to our London offices on closure of the Romford office, responding to the impact the transition has on their 

finances.

The non-payment of Executives’ bonuses and their salary freeze was proactively supported by your Company’s two Executive Directors. Further, no changes 
are proposed to Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration. From an overall perspective, there have been no material changes in the fixed and variable 
remuneration and revenue sharing arrangements for our investment managers, associates and sales teams in respect of the year. The Company continues to 
match shares purchased by staff under the Share Incentive Plan in a ratio of half a matching share for every share the member of staff purchases.

One area Management and the Remuneration Committee have addressed over the past year is the impact of changing legislation. Consultations with 
members of the workforce affected have taken place, and in particular with our self-employed associates, on proposed modifications to their reward 
arrangements to align with the new MIFIDPRU Remuneration Code (SYSC 19G).

The Company does not operate a long-term incentive plan. However, consistent with the Board’s philosophy to promote share ownership and alignment 
of Management incentivisation with shareholders, we intend that future proportions of variable awards above certain thresholds will be settled in shares 
and subject to deferral, malus and clawback. To allow for this the Board is presenting an employee share plan for shareholders’ approval at the forthcoming 
AGM. Details of this arrangement are set out in the Notice of Annual General Meeting which is being issued with this Annual Report and Accounts.

Before closing I would mention that ESG is, of course, an important topic for our stakeholders and your Board believes that addressing ESG challenges 
are an integral part of Management’s day job rather than an additional area to be incentivised. Accordingly, Management’s progress in this area will 
be a relevant consideration by the Remuneration Committee when assessing discretionary variable pay awards. The Remuneration Committee will also 
be cognisant of Executive Management’s performance in remediating our regulatory compliance framework and internal controls and ensuring market 
standards are maintained.

As you are aware, in the discharge of its duties, the Committee continues to be aided by advice from specialist financial services sector remuneration 
consultants in relation to corporate governance and regulatory matters, and industry good practice. I would like to express my thanks to them for their  
work during the year.

Clive Bouch
Remuneration Committee Chairman

29 July 2022

Corporate governanceWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022 
Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

45

Part B – Annual Remuneration Report
The Remuneration Committee presents its Annual Remuneration Report, which will be put to an advisory shareholder vote at the 2022 AGM. 
Sections which have been subject to audit are noted accordingly.

Summary of Remuneration Policy and implementation in the year ended 31 March 2022
The table below summarises the Remuneration Policy which was approved by shareholders at the 2021 AGM on 28 September 2021 with effect 
from that date. 

Element
Salaries/Fees

Policy
Executive Directors’ salaries are to reflect 
the value of their roles, skills and experience, 
avoiding excessive risk arising from over-reliance 
on variable income. Non-Executive Directors’ 
fees are to reflect their skills, experience and 
roles.

How implemented in 2021/22
No changes were made in the year.

Annual Profit Share (discretionary 
allocation from annual bonus pool)

Executive Directors are to be incentivised 
to deliver annual financial and operational 
goals through participation in a formulaically 
determined profit pool aimed at achieving 
demanding targets for Group profit before tax 
and increasing shareholder value.

The 2021/22 bonus pool thresholds were 5% of 
Group profit before tax in excess of £517,000 
and 15% of Group profit before tax in excess of 
£1,294,000. These profit pool thresholds were 
not triggered and consequently no annual profit 
share awards made in the year.

Discretionary bonus

Pension

Share Incentive Plan (“SIP”)

Other benefits

The Remuneration Committee may make a 
discretionary award to the Executive Directors 
in addition to any allocation, or where no 
award is made, from the Annual Profit Share to 
reflect exceptional individual performance and 
contribution to the Group.

Employer contributions of 5-10% of base salary 
paid to a pension scheme of the Executive 
Director’s choice. Approved salary sacrifice 
arrangements in place.

No discretionary bonuses were awarded in  
the year.

Employer contributions were made at 10% 
of base salary for Sean Lam and 7% of base 
salary for Sanath Dandeniya.

Additional salary sacrifice contributions of 
£nil and £6,000 were made for Sean Lam and 
Sanath Dandeniya respectively.

Executive Directors participate in the Group’s 
tax efficient approved SIP (available to all 
employees) under which the Company may 
match contributions made by the employee to 
purchase Company shares.

Matching, which had been suspended with 
effect from 1 April 2020, was reinstated from  
1 April 2021 at the rate of half a Matching 
Share for every share purchased by the 
employee.

Additional benefits provided for Executive 
Directors consist of life cover of four times base 
salary, permanent health insurance and family 
medical insurance cover.

Non-Executive Directors are reimbursed for 
expenses incurred in the performance of their 
duties, grossed up for income tax and national 
insurance where appropriate.

Benefits maintained in the year at levels in line 
with those of other full-time employees.

There were no expense claims made in the year.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022 
46

Remuneration report continued
year ended 31 March 2022

Part B – Annual Remuneration Report continued
Remuneration for the year ended 31 March 2022 (audited information)
The table below sets out the remuneration received by the Directors in the year ended 31 March 2022 together with prior year comparatives and includes  
a single figure for the total remuneration due, or which will become due, to each Director. 

Name of Director 

Executive 
Sean Lam 

Sanath Dandeniya 

Non-Executive 
Hua Min Lim 

Clive Bouch 

Martin Wright* 

David Gelber 

Total 

Fixed remuneration 

Variable remuneration

Basic 
salary/ 
Fees 
(Note 1) 
£ 

Taxable 
benefits 
(Note 2) 
£ 

Pension 
contri- 
butions 
(Note 3) 
£ 

Total 
fixed 

£  

220,000 
 209,000 

150,000 
 142,500 

 – 
 – 

38,570 
 36,642 

42,599 
 35,539 

42,559 
 40,431 

1,924 
 1,750 

1,768 
 1,615 

22,000 
 20,900 

10,500 
 9,975 

243,924 
 231,650 

162,268 
 154,090 

 – 
 – 

– 
 – 

– 
 – 

– 
 – 

 – 
 – 

– 
 – 

– 
 – 

– 
 – 

 – 
 – 

38,570 
 36,642 

42,599 
 35,539 

42,559 
 40,431 

493,688 
 464,112 

3,692 
 3,365 

32,500 
 30,875 

529,879 
 498,352 

Year 

2022 
2021 

2022 
2021 

2022 
2021 

2022 
2021 

2022 
2021 

2022 
2021 

2022 
2021 

SIP 
   matching 
shares 

Bonus 

Total 
variable 

Total

£ 

– 
 – 

– 
 – 

 – 
 – 

– 
 – 

– 
 – 

– 
 – 

– 
 – 

£ 

£  

£

900 
 – 

900 
 – 

 – 
 – 

900 
 – 

– 
 – 

900 
 – 

900 
 – 

900 
 – 

 – 
 – 

900 
 – 

– 
 – 

900 
 – 

244,824
 231,650

163,168
 154,090

 –
 –

39,470
 36,642

42,599
 35,539

43,459
 40,431

3,600 
 – 

3,600 
 – 

533,479
 498,352

*   Charles Russell Speechlys LLP received fees of £42,599 (2021: £35,539) for the services of Martin Wright who is a partner in that firm.

Note 1: Basic salary/Fees
The basic salary and fee amounts paid to the Executive and Non-Executive Directors respectively in the year ended 31 March 2021 take account of the 20% waived by them  
for the three months from April to June 2020 inclusive. The amounts shown for the Executive Directors are prior to any pension contributions made by the Company in respect 
of any salary sacrifices made.

Note 2: Taxable benefits
The amounts shown represent the cost to the Company of providing family medical insurance cover to the relevant Executive Directors, for the year or part-year concerned.

Note 3: Pension contributions
The amounts shown are the contributions made by the Company to the approved pension scheme of the Executive Director’s choice at the entitled rate and do not include  
any additional salary sacrifice contributions made.

Annual and deferred bonuses for the year ended 31 March 2022
Based on the Group’s results and profitability, the Committee has not awarded any discretionary annual bonuses for 2021/22, whether payable in cash  
or equity, to the Executive Directors.

Outstanding share awards
There were no share options outstanding at 31 March 2022 or 31 March 2021. There are no share option schemes or Long-Term Incentive Plans in place for 
the Directors. However, as referenced in the Remuneration Committee Chairman’s Annual Statement on page 44, shareholders’ approval will be sought at 
the forthcoming AGM to the introduction of an employee share scheme to facilitate the payment of bonus awards partly in shares.

Corporate governanceWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

47

Directors’ shareholding and share interests (audited information)
The interests of the Directors and their connected persons in the share capital of the Company are shown in the table below.

Director 

Hua Min Lim 
Sean Lam 
Sanath Dandeniya 
David Gelber 
Clive Bouch 
Martin Wright 

  Beneficially  Beneficially  Beneficially
owned at
30 June
2022

owned at 
31 March 
2022 

owned at 
31 March 
2021 

12,359,803 
638,291 
36,096 
197,460 
49,850 
16,129 

12,359,803 
636,460 
45,838 
210,088 
59,684 
16,129 

12,359,803
644,842
48,083
212,333
61,929
16,129

The Remuneration Policy approved by shareholders at the 2021 AGM includes a requirement for future share awards to be retained by Executive Directors 
until a shareholding equal to one year’s base salary is achieved, such shares also being subject to a two-year post-employment holding period.

Share Incentive Plan (“SIP”)
Employees are eligible to participate in the SIP following three months of service. Employees may contribute a maximum of 10% of their gross salary in 
regular monthly payments (being not less than £10 and not greater than £150) to acquire Ordinary Shares in the Parent Company (Partnership Shares). 
Partnership Shares are acquired monthly. For every Partnership Share purchased, the intention is that the employee receives one Matching Share (but see 
the restrictions imposed below).

On 1 April 2020, the Directors, as part of the COVID-19 response to preserve cash and liquidity, suspended the matching option. This continued until 1 April 
2021 from when it was decided to reintroduce matching at the rate of half a Matching Share for every Partnership Share purchased. There are no present 
proposals to increase the level of matching, although this will be kept under review.

A total of 508,978 (2021: 300,597) new Ordinary Shares were issued to the 101 employees who participated in the SIP during the year. At 31 March 2022, 
4,007,724 shares were held in the SIP on their behalf, in the employee’s name. There were no forfeited shares not allocated to any specific employee.

Matching Shares awarded to Directors and still held under the SIP are as follows (audited information):

Director 

Sean Lam 
Sanath Dandeniya 
David Gelber 
Clive Bouch 

31 March 
2021 

31 March
2022

20,664 
14,149 
54,698 
15,410 

19,409
17,011
57,561
18,272

Total pension entitlements (audited information)
There are no defined-benefit Group pension schemes in operation. The Group contributes a percentage of the Executive Directors’ basic salaries into 
personal pension arrangements of their choice. Monthly employer contributions are set in the range of 7-10% of base salary for the present Executive 
Directors compared with a range of 5-10% for Group employees. In addition, salary sacrifice may be exercised in favour of additional pension 
contributions.

Payments to past Directors (audited information)
There were no payments made to past Directors in the year.

Loss of office payments (audited information)
No payments were made to any Director for loss of office in the year.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
48

Remuneration report continued
year ended 31 March 2022

Part B – Annual Remuneration Report continued
Chief Executive remuneration
Percentage increase in the remuneration of the Chief Executive

Chief Executive 

Salary 

Bonus 
Benefits 

Average per employee (£) 
– salary 
– bonus 

2021 
£ 

Change 

2022 
£ 

 209,000 

5.0% 

220,000 

2.7% 

– 
1,924 

Change

5.3%

9.9%

2.6% 
-21.5% 

45,961 
8,051 

9.93%
56.32%

 – 
 1,750 

41,811 
5,150 

The table above shows the movement in salary and annual bonus for the Chief Executive in the current and previous financial years compared to that of 
the average group employee. The Committee has chosen this comparator as it provides a better reflection of the earnings of the average Group employee 
than the movement in the Group’s total wage bill, since the latter is subject to distortion by movements in the number of employees. It should be noted 
that the reported year-on-year increase in the Chief Executive’s salary reflects the fact he, together with other Executive Directors, voluntarily took a 20% 
salary reduction for the three months commencing 1 April 2021 in light of the uncertainties caused by the pandemic.

The table below shows the total remuneration for each of the individuals who has performed the role of Chief Executive during each of the past 10 
financial years. The total remuneration figure includes any bonuses awarded based on performance in those years, such bonuses being discretionary within 
the terms of the applicable remuneration policy and not based on any maximum opportunity. No long-term incentive awards were made to any of the 
Executive Directors.

2012 

2013 

2014 

2015 

2016 

2017 

2018 

2019 

2020 

Year
ended
   31 March
2022

2021 

Sean Lam 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

–  £133,610  £245,517  £245,504 

£231,650 

244,824

Rodney FitzGerald 

£174,512  £267,934  £186,769 

£187,176  £189,264  £196,119 

£69,843 

– 

– 

– 

–

Total remuneration 

£174,512  £267,934  £186,769 

£187,176  £189,264  £196,119  £203,453  £245,517 

 £245,504 

 £231,650 

244,824

Performance graph
The graph below shows a comparison between the Group’s total shareholder return (“TSR”) performance compared with the companies in the FTSE Small 
Cap Index. The graph compares the value, at 31 March 2022, of £100 invested in Walker Crips Group plc on 31 March 2012 with the value of £100 invested 
over the same period in the FTSE Small Cap Index. This Index has been chosen to give a comparison with the average returns that shareholders could have 
received by investing in a range of other small UK public companies.

Total shareholder return compared to FTSE Small Cap Index

£350.00

£300.00

£250.00

£200.00

£150.00

£100.00

£50.00

£0.00

WCG Plc Share Price TR

FTSE Small Cap Index

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

Corporate governanceWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

49

Relative importance of the spend on pay
The table below shows the movement in spend on staff costs versus that in dividends.

Staff costs 
Dividends paid 

2021 
£’000 

12,690 
64 

2022 
£’000 

13,862 
383 

Change

9.24%
498.44%

The total dividends paid in 2020/21 consisted solely of an interim dividend for that year totalling £64,000 with no final dividend for 2019/20 having been 
declared or paid due to uncertainties over the economic consequences of the COVID-19 pandemic at that time. As explained on page 5, the Directors are 
recommending a final dividend in respect of 2021/22 of 1.20 pence per share, which equates to a total amount payable of £511,000.

Remuneration Committee governance
The Committee is governed by formal terms of reference agreed by the Board. The terms of reference were reviewed during the year and revised to ensure 
they reflect the remit of the Committee and accord with proportionate application of current requirements and good practice, taking into account the size 
and nature of the business. The Committee’s updated terms of reference approved by the Board on 20 July 2021 can be viewed on the Group’s website.

The members of the Committee during the last financial year and their attendance at the meetings of the Committee are shown in the Report by the 
Directors on corporate governance matters. The Committee consists of four Non-Executive Directors: Clive Bouch (Committee Chairman and also 
Chairman of the Audit Committee and Senior Independent Director), David Gelber, Hua Min Lim and Martin Wright.

None of the Committee’s members has any personal financial interests (other than as shareholders), conflicts of interest arising from cross directorships or 
day-to-day involvement in running the business. The Committee determines the individual remuneration packages of each Executive Director. The Chief 
Executive and Group Finance Director attend meetings by invitation and assist the Committee in its deliberations, except when issues relating to their own 
remuneration are discussed. No Directors are involved in deciding their own remuneration. The Committee can call for external reports and assistance from 
third-party experts and independent legal advice may be sought as required.

The Committee reviews the remuneration policy for senior employees below Group Board level, as well as the policy on pay and conditions of employees 
throughout the Group. These are considered when determining Executive Directors’ remuneration.

The Committee met three times in the year. Matters that were considered and discussed included but were not limited to:

  Proposed revisions to the Remuneration Policy for Executive Directors, including clarification of the annual profit sharing arrangements, the Committee’s 
authority to make discretionary awards and the introduction of minimum shareholding requirements (approved by shareholders at the 2021 AGM).

  Determination of the remuneration of the Chairman and Executive Directors.
  Consideration of any annual incentive awards to Executive Directors in respect of the year to 31 March 2022.
  Oversight of remuneration arrangements for the Group’s Senior Management and the policy on pay and conditions of employees throughout the Group.
  Application of risk and conduct considerations to the Group’s reward process.
  Consideration of the impact of the prudential remuneration code on the Group’s reward structures.
  Review of the Group’s Pillar 3 remuneration disclosures.
  Review of the Committee’s terms of reference.

External directorships
None of the Executive Directors held external directorships during the current or prior year.

How the remuneration policy will be applied for the year from 1 April 2022 onwards
As stated earlier in this report, a revised remuneration policy was approved by shareholders at the 2021 AGM for a period of three years from 28 September 2021.

No increases have been made to the salaries of the Executive Directors for the year from 1 April 2022.

The formulaic bonus pool in which the Executive Directors may participate under the revised policy will be based on 5% of Group profit before tax in excess 
of £517,000 and 15% of Group profit before tax in excess of £1,294,000. The Committee may also award in-year discretionary bonuses for the Executive 
Directors under the revised policy to reflect exceptional performance and contribution to the Group. Any such awards made, when combined with any 
allocation from the foregoing bonus pool, may not exceed 100% of the Director’s annual base salary and will be predominately in shares subject to 
minimum shareholding restrictions.

Fees for the Chairman and Non-Executive Directors
The Group’s approach to setting Non-Executive Directors’ fees is summarised on page 51. These fees are reviewed periodically by the Board.  
A summary of current fees for Non-Executive Directors is as follows:

Martin Wright (Board Chairman) 
Clive Bouch (Audit Committee and Remuneration Committee Chairman and Senior Independent Director) 
David Gelber 

  Directors’
fees as at
31 March
2022
£

42,559
38,570
42,559

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
50

Remuneration report continued
year ended 31 March 2022

Part B – Annual Remuneration Report continued
Fees for the Chairman and Non-Executive Directors continued
Martin Wright, the Group Chairman, has a letter of appointment as a Non-Executive Director dated 9 July 2000 and accepted on 10 July 2000 for a term 
of not less than two years commencing on 9 July 2000 and terminable by either party on not less than three months’ notice in writing or otherwise in 
accordance with the Group’s Articles of Association. His fees have been increased to £42,559 per annum, plus VAT, plus expenses with effect from his 
appointment as Chairman on 9 September 2020. He is also reimbursed for expenses incurred on behalf of the Group. His fees are payable to Charles 
Russell Speechlys LLP, in which he is a partner, quarterly in arrears.

David Gelber was appointed as a Non-Executive Director and Chairman of the Group by a letter of agreement dated 11 May 2007 for a term commencing 
on 11 May 2007 of not less than two years and thereafter terminable by either party on at least six months’ notice in writing or otherwise in accordance 
with the Group’s Articles of Association. He stood down as Chairman at the conclusion of the AGM on 9 September 2020 but has continued to serve as 
a Non-Executive Director. His remuneration is now a fee of £42,559 per annum, plus reimbursement of expenses incurred on behalf of the Group, plus a 
contribution by the Group to the share incentive plan.

Hua Min Lim has no formal service agreement with and receives no remuneration from the Group.

Clive Bouch was appointed as a Non-Executive Director and later as Chairman of the Audit Committee by a letter of agreement dated 24 March 2017 
for a term commencing on 31 March 2017 of not less than three years, save that the appointment is terminable by either party on at least three months’ 
notice in writing or otherwise in accordance with the Group’s Articles of Association. He replaced Martin Wright as Remuneration Committee Chairman 
and Senior Independent Director on Martin Wright’s appointment as Group Chairman on 9 September 2020. His remuneration is a fee of £38,570 per 
annum, plus reimbursement of other specific expenses incurred on behalf of the Group and contribution by the Group to the share incentive plan.

Directors’ contracts are available for inspection at the Annual General Meeting or on appointment at our London head office.

LTIP for Executive Directors
There are no LTIP arrangements in place at 31 March 2022 or proposed.

Statement of shareholder voting at General Meeting
At the 2021 and 2020 Annual General Meetings, the Directors’ Remuneration Report and the Remuneration Policy received the following proxy votes 
from shareholders:

2021 AGM 
Votes in favour 
Votes cast against 
Abstentions 

2020 AGM 
Votes in favour 
Votes cast against 
Abstentions 

               Directors’ 

                              Remuneration  Report                    Remuneration Policy 

 Number 

percentage 

Number  percentage

                             21,332,880 
51,900 
1,077 

99.8% 
0.2% 
<0.1% 

21,307,364 
77,416 
1,077 

                             16,023,235 
  623,432 
1,077 

96.2% 
3.7% 
0.1% 

16,023,235 
623432 
1,077 

99.6%
0.4%
<0.1%

96.2%
3.7%
0.1%

Approval
This report was approved by the Committee and the Board and signed on its behalf by:

Clive Bouch
Remuneration Committee Chairman

29 July 2022

Corporate governanceWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
            
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

51

Directors’ report
for the year ended 31 March 2022

The Directors present their Annual Report on the affairs of the Group, together with the financial statements and Auditor’s report, for the year ended 31 
March 2022.

Results and dividends
Results, distributions and retained profits are as follows:

Retained earnings at 1 April 
Profit/(loss) for the year after taxation 
Dividends paid 

Retained earnings at 31 March 

 2022  
 £’000  

 11,260  
173 
(383) 

 2021 
 £’000 

 11,582 
 (258) 
 (64)

11,050 

 11,260 

The Directors, having considered the impact of the pandemic and Group’s liquidity requirements, recommend the payment of a final dividend of 1.20 pence 
per share (2021: 0.60 pence). The proposed final dividend is subject to shareholder approval at the AGM on 29 September 2022. If approved by shareholders, 
this will be paid on 7 October 2022 to shareholders on the Company’s shareholder register at the close of business on 23 September 2022. The total dividend 
paid in the year was 1.50 pence per share (2021: 0.75 pence).

Capital structure
Details of the Group’s share capital are shown in note 29. The Group has one class of ordinary share which carries no right to fixed income. Each share 
carries the right to one vote at general meetings of the Group.

There are no specific restrictions on the size of a holding nor on the transfer of shares, which are both governed by the general provisions of the Articles of 
Association and prevailing legislation. The Directors are not aware of any agreements between holders of the Group’s shares that may result in restrictions 
on the transfer of securities or on voting rights.

Where shares have been issued as consideration for new clients to investment advisers upon commencement with the Group, these shares are restricted 
from sale for periods of four to six years.

No person has any special rights of control over the Group’s share capital and all issued shares are fully paid.

With regard to the appointment and replacement of Directors, the Group is governed by its Articles of Association, the UK Corporate Governance Code,  
the Companies Acts and related legislation. The Articles themselves may be amended by a special resolution of the shareholders.

Brief biographies of the Directors eligible and standing for election at the Annual General Meeting are set out on pages 32 and 33.

Directors’ interests
Directors’ emoluments and beneficial interests in the shares of the Company are disclosed in the Directors’ remuneration report on pages 44 to 50. Other 
than noted on page 52, there are no other situations where a Director had a material interest in a contract to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries 
was a party (other than their own service contract), requiring disclosure under the Companies Act 2006.

Related party transactions
Details of related party transactions are disclosed in note 33.

Ethical responsibility
Our clients specify any ethical preferences that they have when we construct their investment portfolios or make individual recommendations. We actively 
support the professional institutes and trade associations of which we are members to promote a strong ethical code of conduct.

Employment policy
We are committed to the principle of equality and equal opportunities in employment. We are opposed to any form of less favourable treatment or 
financial reward through direct or indirect discrimination, harassment, victimisation to employees or job applicants on the grounds of age, race, religion or 
belief, marriage or civil partnership, pregnancy or maternity, sex, sexual orientation, gender reassignment or disability. 

We recognise our obligations under the Equality Act 2010 and The Codes of Practice published by the Equality and Human Rights Commission and the 
European Commission for the elimination of discrimination on the grounds of age, disability, gender reassignment, race, religion or belief, sex, sexual 
orientation, marriage and civil partnership, maternity and pregnancy and for the elimination of discrimination in pay between men and women who 
do the same work.

We report that at 31 March 2022: No Directors of the Group’s Parent Company were women (2021: nil); 24% of senior managers, being individuals with 
responsibility for planning, directing or controlling, were women (2021: 29%); and 42% of the Group’s employees were women (2021: 40%).

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
52

Directors’ report continued
for the year ended 31 March 2022

Health and safety policy
The Board has a policy of adopting procedures, appropriate to its activities, to monitor, maintain and, where relevant, improve health and safety standards 
to safeguard the Group’s staff.

None of the Group’s activities involve any significant health and safety risks. During the year there were no injuries, illnesses or dangerous occurrences 
which needed to be reported under the Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences Regulations 1995.

Eligible employees can benefit from the Group’s permanent health insurance scheme in the event of long-term illness preventing them from carrying out 
their function.

Insurance and indemnification of Directors
The Group has put in place insurance to cover its Directors and officers which gives appropriate cover for legal action brought against any of them. 
In addition, the Group’s Articles of Association provide for the ability of the Group to grant qualifying third-party indemnity provisions (as defined in 
section 234 of the Companies Act 2006) for the benefit of the Directors in relation to certain losses and liabilities which they may incur (or have incurred) 
in connection with their duties, powers or office.

Ordinary and special business
Resolutions will be placed before the Annual General Meeting to confer authority on the Group to allot equity securities of up to an aggregate nominal 
amount of £946,162 and to authorise and empower the Group to allot equity securities.

The Companies Act 2006 permits a public group to purchase its own shares in accordance with the powers contained in its Articles of Association and 
with the authority of a resolution of shareholders. The Directors believe that the Group should be authorised to take advantage of these provisions and, 
therefore, pursuant to the power contained in the Group’s Articles of Association, it is intended to propose a special resolution at the forthcoming Annual 
General Meeting to confer authority on the Group to purchase up to a maximum in aggregate of 10% of the Ordinary Shares of 62/3 pence each in the 
share capital of the Group at a price or prices which will not be less than 62/3 pence and which will not be more than 5% above the average of the middle 
market quotation derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List for the ten business days before the relevant purchase is made.

The authority was given at the last Annual General Meeting of the Group for a period expiring at the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting. It is 
the Directors’ intention that a resolution for its renewal will be proposed at each succeeding Annual General Meeting. The Directors will only make use of 
the authority when satisfied that it is in the interest of the Group to do so. Shareholders should note that any Ordinary Shares purchased by the Group will 
either be cancelled and the number of Ordinary Shares in issue will accordingly be reduced or will be held as treasury shares. 

Financial instruments and risk management 
The risk management objectives and policies of the Group are set out in note 25 to the financial statements.

Substantial shareholdings
As at 31 March 2022, there were no interests, excluding those of Directors, in excess of 3% of the Ordinary Share capital of the Group. 

L. W. S. Lim 
L. W. Y. Lim 
L. W. J. Lim 

Number  Percentage

3,496,694 
3,496,694 
3,496,692 

8.21
8.21
8.21

As at 30 June 2022, the following interests, excluding those of Directors, in excess of 3% of the Ordinary Share capital of the Group were held:

L. W. S. Lim 
L. W. Y. Lim 
L. W. J. Lim 

Number  Percentage

3,496,694 
3,496,694 
3,496,692 

8.21
8.21
8.21

Pillar 3 disclosures
The Basel Capital Accord, issued by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, aims to improve the flexibility and risk sensitivity of the existing Accord. 
The Accord consists of three mutually reinforcing pillars. Pillar 3 recommends requirements aimed at enhancing market discipline through effective 
disclosure of information to market participants.

The disclosures can be found on the following website: walkercrips.co.uk. 

Corporate governanceWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

53

Carbon emission reporting
The Board recognises its responsibility to help protect the planet. We are committed to minimising the Group’s environmental impact and to support those 
working to improve global environmental sustainability. The Group’s environmental strategy and carbon emissions are reported within the Environmental 
strategy (including TCFD) report on page 28.

Audit information
Each of the persons who is a Director at the date of approval of this Annual Report confirms that:

  so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Group’s auditor is unaware; 
  the Director has taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as a Director in order to make themselves aware of any relevant audit information 

and to establish that the Group’s auditor is aware of that information; and

  a resolution to reappoint the auditor, PKF Littlejohn LLP, will be put to the AGM on 29 September 2022.

Auditor
PKF Littlejohn LLP has signified its willingness to continue in office as auditor.

Going concern
The Group’s forecasts and projections show sufficient cash resources, working capital and regulatory financial resources for its present requirements 
covering a period extending more than 12 months (see note 2 on page 66 for further details). Accordingly, the Directors continue to adopt the going 
concern basis for the preparation of the financial statements.

Subsequent events
Details of significant events occurring after the end of the reporting period are given in note 35.

Approval
This report has been approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by:

Sanath Dandeniya
Director

29 July 2022

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 202254

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities
for the year ended 31 March 2022

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations. 

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors are required to prepare the Group 
financial statements in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards (“IAS”) in conformity with the requirements of the Companies 
Act 2006, and have elected to prepare the Company financial statements in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice 
(United Kingdom Accounting Standards and applicable law). Under company law, the Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are 
satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and Company and of the profit or loss for the Group for that period. 

In preparing these financial statements, the Directors are required to:

  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;
  make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent;
  state whether the financial statements of the Group have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards in 

conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006, subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in the financial statements; 
  state whether applicable UK Accounting Standards have been followed in the preparation of the Company financial statements, subject to any material 

departures disclosed and explained in the financial statements;

  prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and Company will continue in 

business; and 

  prepare a Directors’ report, a Strategic report and Directors’ remuneration report which comply with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Group’s transactions and disclose with 
reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Group and enable them to ensure that the financial statements comply with the Companies 
Act 2006 and, as regards the Group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the 
Group and Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors confirm that the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, are fair, balanced, and understandable and provide the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s position and performance, business model and strategy.

Website publication
The Directors are responsible for ensuring the Annual Report and the financial statements are made available on a website. Financial statements are 
published on the Company’s website in accordance with legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial 
statements, which may vary from legislation in other jurisdictions. The maintenance and integrity of the Company’s website is the responsibility of the 
Directors. The Directors’ responsibility also extends to the ongoing integrity of the financial statements contained therein.

Directors’ responsibilities pursuant to DTR4
The Directors confirm to the best of their knowledge:

  The Group financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards in conformity with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit and loss of the Group.
  The Annual Report includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the financial position of the Group and the Parent 

Company, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that they face.

Approval
This report has been approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by:

Sanath Dandeniya
Director

29 July 2022

Corporate governanceWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

55

Independent auditor’s report
to the members of Walker Crips Group plc

Opinion 
We have audited the financial statements of Walker Crips Group plc (the ‘parent company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘group’) for the year ended 31 March 
2022 which comprise the consolidated income statement, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, the consolidated statement of financial 
position, the consolidated statement of cash flows, the consolidated statement of changes in equity, the company balance sheet, the company statement 
of changes in equity and notes to the accounts, including significant accounting policies. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the 
preparation of the group financial statements is applicable law and UK-adopted international accounting standards. The financial reporting framework 
that has been applied in the preparation of the parent company financial statements is applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, 
including Financial Reporting Standard 102 “The Financial Reporting Standard applicable in the UK and Republic of Ireland” (United Kingdom Generally 
Accepted Accounting Practice).

In our opinion: 

  the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 31 March 2022 and of the group’s 

profit for the year then ended; 

  the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards; 
  the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice; and 
  the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

Basis for opinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under those 
standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We are independent of the 
group and parent company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, including 
the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these 
requirements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. 

Conclusions relating to going concern 
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial 
statements is appropriate. Our evaluation of the Directors’ assessment of the group’s and parent company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern 
basis of accounting included:

  Confirmation of our understanding of management’s going concern assessment process. We also engaged with management to ensure all key factors 

were considered in their assessment. 

  We obtained management’s going concern assessment, including the cash forecast for a period exceeding twelve months from the date the Directors 

planned to approve the financial statements. The group has modelled various scenarios in their cash forecasts to incorporate unexpected changes to the 
forecasted liquidity of the group. 

  We reviewed the factors and assumptions included in the cash forecast. We considered the appropriateness of the assumptions and methods used to 

calculate the cash forecasts and determined that the assumptions and methods utilised were appropriate to be able to make an assessment for the group. 

  We reviewed the group’s going concern disclosures included in the annual report in order to assess that the disclosures were appropriate and in 

conformity with the reporting standards.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, individually or collectively, 
may cast significant doubt on the group’s or parent company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at least twelve months from when the 
financial statements are authorised for issue.

In relation to the entities reporting on how they have applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, we have nothing material to add or draw attention  
to in relation to the Directors’ statement in the financial statements about whether the Directors’ considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern 
basis of accounting.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the Directors’ with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of this report.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 202256

Independent auditor’s report continued
to the members of Walker Crips Group plc

Our application of materiality 
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole to be 
£161,000 (2021: £122,000) for the consolidated financial statements using 0.5% of group revenue based on the 30 November 2021 management 
accounts extrapolated to 31 March 2022. We consider group revenue to be the most stable benchmark and the most relevant determinant of the group’s 
performance used by shareholders. 

We used a different level of materiality (‘performance materiality’) to determine the extent of our testing for the audit of the financial statements. 
Performance materiality is based on the audit materiality as adjusted for the judgements made as to the entity risk and our evaluation of the specific risk 
of each audit area having regard to the internal control environment. This was set at 70% of overall materiality at £112,700 (2021: £85,400).

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to the Committee all audit differences in excess of 5% of overall materiality at £8,050 (2021: 
£6,100) as well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. We reassessed materiality at the end of 
the audit and did not find it necessary to revise our planning materiality. 

Materiality for group financial statements was set at £161,000 and £113,000 for the parent company. Each significant component of the group was 
audited to an overall materiality ranging between £4,200 and £140,000. Performance materiality was set at 70% of overall materiality for the group, 
parent company and each significant component. We applied the concept of materiality both in planning and performing our audit, and in evaluating 
the effect of misstatement.

We reassessed materiality at the end of the audit and did not find it necessary to revise our planning materiality. 

Our approach to the audit
Our audit approach was developed by obtaining an understanding of the group’s activities, the key subjective judgements made by the Directors, for 
example in respect of significant accounting estimates that involved making assumptions, and considering future events that are inherently uncertain, 
and the overall control environment, such as impairment of goodwill, impairment of intangible assets and provision for client claims.

Based on this understanding we assessed those aspects of the group’s transactions and balances which were most likely to give rise to a material 
misstatement and were most susceptible to irregularities including fraud or error. Specifically, we identified what we considered to be key audit matters 
and planned our audit approach accordingly. 

All the subsidiaries of the group (components) are based in the UK and the group audit team have responsibility for the audit of all components included in 
the consolidated financial statements. The group consists of nineteen components. Six of the components were determined to be significant components 
and were subject to full scope audits. The remaining components were considered to be non-significant components and specific audit procedures were 
performed on material balances.

Key audit matters 
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements of the current 
period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) we identified, including those which had the 
greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters 
were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate 
opinion on these matters.

Financial statementsWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

57

Area

Reason

How our scope addressed this matter

Revenue 
recognition
Refer to notes 3 
(accounting policy) 
and 5 (financial 
disclosures) of the 
group financial 
statements.

Revenue is the most relevant 
determinant of the group’s 
performance used by shareholders. 
Inaccurate or incomplete revenue 
could have a material impact on 
group performance.

The group’s revenue amounting to 
£32,820,000 (2021: £30,348,000) 
consists of broking income and non-
broking income from the following 
activities:

  Stockbroking;
  Investment management;
  Wealth management;
  Pensions administration; and
  Interest income. 

For broking income, the risk is 
whether the IT system records  
trades accurately. 

For non-broking income (e.g., 
management fees), there is a 
risk that the calculation is not 
in accordance with the signed 
agreements or contracts.

Impairment of 
goodwill
Refer to notes 3 
(accounting policy) 
and 17 (financial 
disclosures) of the 
group financial 
statements.

Goodwill amounting to £4,388,000 
(2021: £4,388,000) arose from the 
acquisitions of London York Fund 
Management Limited and Barker 
Poland Asset Management LLP in 
previous years.

Impairment of goodwill is considered 
a significant risk as significant 
judgement is required to be exercised 
by the Directors in determining 
the underlying assumptions used 
in the annual impairment reviews. 
Key assumptions include discount 
rate, long term growth rates, 
Enterprise Value/Asset Under 
Management (“EV/AUM”) and Price/
Earnings (“P/E”) ratios. The use 
of inappropriate or unsupported 
assumptions gives rise to the risk 
of material misstatement in the 
carrying amount of goodwill.

We obtained an understanding and evaluated the design and implementation of 
controls that the group has established in relation to the recognition of revenue. 

We gained reliance on IT controls being operating effectively on the group’s systems. 
In addition, we tested key manual controls in WCIM’s revenue business cycle to 
ensure they were operating effectively. 

We also performed the following tests of detailed procedures tailored to each 
revenue stream:

Broking income
  We used data analytics to verify the commission balances in the underlying 

system. The commissions revenue data was extracted and reconciled to the figures 
in the final accounts providing assurance over completeness of the balance.
  For a sample of trade commissions, compliance charges and other commissions, 

we traced revenue recorded to contract notes and deductions from client accounts.

  We tested a sample of controls to ensure these were being implemented 

appropriately including monthly reconciliations, approval of client fees by the 
investment manager, approval of client fee changes on the IT system and 
approval of manual adjustments. 

Non-broking income 
  We used data analytics to verify the client fees schedule in the underlying system. 

The client fees data was extracted and reconciled to the figures in the final 
accounts providing assurance over completeness of the balance.

  For a sample of fees, we obtained invoices and rate confirmation letters/signed 
client agreements to agree the amount, cut off and % fee applied to the client’s 
Assets Under Management (“AUM”), as well as tracing the revenue to deductions 
from client accounts or bank receipts. The share prices used for AUM valuations in 
the sample were agreed to third party sources such as the London Stock Exchange. 

  A sample of accrued fees at the year-end were agreed to invoices to recalculate 

the amount accrued, and post year end settlement agreed to deduction from the 
client account or bank receipts. 

Key observations:
Based on the procedures performed, we are satisfied that revenue is appropriately 
recognised and classified.

We obtained an understanding and tested the design and implementation of the 
group’s controls over the impairment assessment process. 

We evaluated the appropriateness of management’s identification of the group’s 
CGUs.

We challenged management on the appropriateness of the impairment models and 
reasonableness of the assumptions used through performing the following:

  Benchmarked the group’s key market-related assumptions in the models, including 
discount rates, long term growth rates, EV/AUM and P/E ratios, against external 
data;

  Assessed the reliability of any forecasts through a review of actual past 

performance and compared to previous forecasts;

  Tested the mathematical accuracy and performed sensitivity analyses of the 

models;

  Understood the commercial prospects of the assets, and where possible compared 

assumptions with external data sources;

  Assessed Management’s sensitivity analysis showing the impact of a reasonably 

possible change in underlying assumptions;

  Performed our own sensitivity analysis using a range of acceptable assumptions; 

and

  Assessed the adequacy of the disclosures within the financial statements.

Key observations:
Based on the procedures performed, we consider Management’s assessment of 
no impairment on goodwill to be appropriate and the carrying value of goodwill is 
appropriately stated.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 202258

Independent auditor’s report continued
to the members of Walker Crips Group plc

Area

Reason

How our scope addressed this matter

Recognition and 
impairment of 
intangible assets 
(client lists)
Refer to notes 3 
(accounting policy) 
and 18 (financial 
disclosures) of the 
group financial 
statements.

Intangible assets (client lists) 
amounting to £5,497,000 (2021: 
£6,142,000) arise in respect of 
acquired client lists. 

Impairment of intangible assets 
(client lists) is considered a 
significant risk as significant 
judgement is required to be exercised 
by the directors in assessing whether 
the initial recognition criteria has 
been met and the estimated useful 
life is appropriate and supportable.

Provision for client 
claims
Refer to notes 
4 (Key sources 
of estimation 
uncertainty and 
judgements) and 
27 (Provisions) of 
the group financial 
statements.

Provisions for client payments 
include redress, claims or complaints 
together with associated costs, 
amounting to £650,000 (2021: 
£205,000) arising in the year.

Significant judgement is required to 
be exercised in the assessment of the 
amount of any provision that should 
be carried in respect of any redress, 
open claims or complaints, including 
any amounts recoverable under 
the group’s professional indemnity 
insurance. 

We obtained an understanding and tested the design and implementation of the 
group’s controls over the impairment assessment process.

For intangible assets (client lists), we performed the following:

  Verified amounts capitalised in the year against supporting agreements;
  Challenged management’s assessment that any additions met the required 

capitalisation criteria;

  Performed an assessment on the appropriateness of the useful life; 
  Reviewed Management’s assessment of impairment indicators, considering both 

internal and external sources of information; and

  Assessed the sufficiency of the sensitivity analyses performed by Management, 

focusing on what we considered to be reasonably possible changes in key 
assumptions.

Key observations:
Based on the procedures performed, the carrying value of intangible assets (client 
lists) is appropriately stated.

We evaluated the design and implementation of controls in respect of provisioning 
for client payments. Our procedures included the following: 

  Reviewed external legal and other professional advice obtained by Management;
  Discussed with Management and reviewed relevant correspondence including the 

complaints register;

  Assessed and challenged Management’s conclusions through understanding 

precedents set in similar cases; and

  Reviewed expenses for any litigation costs.

Key observations:
Based on the procedures performed, we consider the provision for client payments to 
be reasonably stated based on current information.

Other information 
The other information comprises the information included in the annual report, other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. The 
Directors are responsible for the other information contained within the annual report. Our opinion on the group and parent company financial statements 
does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion 
thereon. Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the 
financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify such material 
inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether this gives rise to a material misstatement in the financial 
statements themselves. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are 
required to report that fact. 

We have nothing to report in this regard. 

Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006 
In our opinion the part of the directors’ remuneration report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit: 

  the information given in the strategic report and the directors’ report for the financial year for which the financial statements are prepared is consistent 

with the financial statements; and 

  the strategic report and the directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements. 

Financial statementsWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

59

Matters on which we are required to report by exception
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and the parent company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit, 
we have not identified material misstatements in the strategic report or the directors’ report. 

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you if, in our opinion: 

  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not 

visited by us; or 

  the parent company financial statements and the part of the directors’ remuneration report to be audited are not in agreement with the accounting 

records and returns; or

  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or 
  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit. 

Corporate governance statement
We have reviewed the directors’ statement in relation to going concern, longer-term viability and that part of the Corporate Governance Statement relating 
to the group’s and parent company’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code specified for our review by the Listing Rules. 

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the Corporate Governance Statement is 
materially consistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained during the audit:

  Directors’ statement with regards the appropriateness of adopting the going concern basis of accounting and any material uncertainties identified set 

out on page 39;

  Directors’ explanation as to its assessment of the entity’s prospects, the period this assessment covers and why the period is appropriate on page 38;
  Directors’ statement that they consider the annual report and the financial statements, taken as a whole, to be fair, balanced and understandable 

set out on page 54;

  Board’s confirmation that it has carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks set out on page 38;
  The section of the annual report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk management and internal control systems set out on page 38; and
  The section describing the work of the audit committee set out on page 40.

Responsibilities of directors 
As explained more fully in the statement of directors’ responsibilities, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of the group and parent company 
financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to 
enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. 

In preparing the group and parent company financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the group’s and the parent company’s ability 
to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the 
directors either intend to liquidate the group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so. 

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements 
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due 
to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance but is not a guarantee that an 
audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and 
are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the 
basis of these financial statements. 

Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our responsibilities, outlined 
above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which our procedures are capable of detecting 
irregularities, including fraud is detailed below:

  We obtained an understanding of the group and parent company and the sector in which they operate to identify laws and regulations that could 
reasonably be expected to have a direct effect on the financial statements. We obtained our understanding in this regard through discussions with 
management, industry research, application of cumulative audit knowledge and experience of the investment management and wealth management 
sectors.

  We determined the principal laws and regulations relevant to the group and parent company in this regard to be arising from Companies Act 2006, 
Listing Rules, Corporate Governance Code, the rules of the Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) and the financial reporting framework. Several 
components within the group are authorised and regulated by the FCA and we considered the extent to which non-compliance with the FCA regulations 
might have a material effect on the group’s financial statements.

  We designed our audit procedures to ensure the audit team considered whether there were any indications of non-compliance by the group and parent 

company with those laws and regulations. These procedures included but were not limited to making enquiries of management and those responsible for 
legal and compliance matters, review of minutes of the Board and papers provided to the audit committee to identify any indications of non-compliance, 
and review of legal/regulatory correspondence with the FCA.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 202260

Independent auditor’s report continued
to the members of Walker Crips Group plc

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements continued
  We also identified the possible risks of material misstatement of the financial statements due to fraud. We considered, in addition to the non-rebuttable 

presumption of a risk of fraud arising from management override of controls, that there was a potential for management bias in relation to the 
recognition of income, the assessment of any impairment of goodwill and client lists and the assessment of the provision for client claims. We addressed 
this by challenging the assumptions and judgements made by management when auditing that significant accounting estimates. 

  As in all of our audits, we addressed the risk of fraud arising from management override of controls by performing audit procedures which included, but 
were not limited to: the testing of journals; reviewing accounting estimates for evidence of bias; and evaluating the business rationale of any significant 
transactions that are unusual or outside the normal course of business.

Because of the inherent limitations of an audit, there is a risk that we will not detect all irregularities, including those leading to a material misstatement 
in the financial statements or non-compliance with regulation. This risk increases the more that compliance with a law or regulation is removed from 
the events and transactions reflected in the financial statements, as we will be less likely to become aware of instances of non-compliance. The risk is 
also greater regarding irregularities occurring due to fraud rather than error, as fraud involves intentional concealment, forgery, collusion, omission or 
misrepresentation.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at:  
frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

Other matters which we are required to address 
We were appointed by the audit committee on 14 December 2020 to audit the financial statements for the period ending 31 March 2021 and subsequent 
financial periods. Our total uninterrupted period of engagement is 2 years, covering the periods ending 31 March 2021 and 31 March 2022. 

The non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided to the group or the parent company and we remain independent of the 
group and the parent company in conducting our audit.

In addition to the audit, we provided CASS audit services to three subsidiaries within the group. CASS audit services are audit related services and the  
threat to auditor independence is deemed to be insignificant. 

We also provided services in relation to the preparation of the Service Auditor’s Report under AAF 01/20. Per section 5.40 of the Ethical Standard the  
AAF review is a permitted service due to this being assurance work that is authorised by those charged with governance performed on operational  
controls, where this work is closely linked with the audit work. Throughout the work we will not be taking the role of management or taking decisions  
on behalf of the entity. 

We do not consider there to be any other threats that may impair our objectivity and independence. 

Our audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to the audit committee. 

Use of our report
This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit work  
has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no 
other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone, other than the company and the company’s 
members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Carmine Papa (Senior Statutory Auditor)
For an on behalf of PKF Littlejohn LLP 
Statutory Auditor 

15 Westferry Circus
Canary Wharf
London 
E14 4HD

29 July 2022

Financial statementsWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022 
Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

61

Consolidated income statement
year ended 31 March 2022

Revenue 
Commissions and fees paid 
Share of associate after tax profit 

Gross profit 

Administrative expenses 
Exceptional items 

Operating profit 

Investment revenue 
Finance costs 
Exceptional item – Profit on disposal of associate investment 

Profit/(loss) before tax 
Taxation 

Profit/(loss) for the year attributable to equity holders of the Parent Company 

Earnings/(loss) per share 

Basic and diluted 

The Accounting Policies and Notes on pages 66 to 92 form part of these financial statements.

Note 

5 
7 
8 

9 
10 

11 
12 
8 & 10 

14 

2022 
£’000 

32,820 
(9,110) 
57 

2021
£’000

 30,348
 (9,702)
 66

23,767 

 20,712

(21,901) 
(1,540) 

 (20,271)
 (419)

326 

9 
(114) 
103 

324 
(151) 

173 

22

 10
 (146)
–

 (114)
 (144)

(258)

16 

0.41p 

(0.61)p

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
62

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
year ended 31 March 2022

Profit/(loss) for the year 

Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year attributable to equity holders of the Parent Company  

The Accounting Policies and Notes on pages 66 to 92 form part of these financial statements.

 2022 
 £’000 

173 

173 

2021 
£’000 

(258)

(258)

Financial statementsWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

63

Consolidated statement of financial position
as at 31 March 2022

Non-current assets 
Goodwill 
Other intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Right-of-use asset 
Investment in associate 
Investments – fair value through profit or loss 

Current assets 
Trade and other receivables 
Investments – fair value through profit or loss 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Total assets 

Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Current tax liabilities 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Provisions 
Lease liabilities 
Deferred cash consideration 

Net current assets 

Long-term liabilities 
Deferred cash consideration 
Lease liabilities 
Provision 

Net assets 

Equity 
Share capital 
Share premium account 
Own shares 
Retained earnings 
Other reserves 

Note 

2022 
 £’000  

2021
 £’000 

17 
18 
19 
20 
8 
21 

22 
21 
23 

26 

24 
27 
28 
36 

36 
28 
27 

29 
29 
30 
30 
30 

 4,388 
5,752 
 1,169 
 2,597 
– 
– 

 4,388
 6,566
 1,477
 3,612
 2
 37

 13,906 

 16,082

 50,003 
 1,647 
11,113 

62,763 

76,669 

 (49,625) 
(132) 
 (414) 
 (1,137) 
 (245) 
(89) 

 49,098
 920
 8,855

 58,873

74,955

 (47,395)
(123)
 (400)
 (205)
 (946)
–

 (51,642) 

 (49,069)

11,121 

9,804

 (29) 
 (2,300) 
 (586) 

 (2,915) 

22,112 

 2,888 
 3,763 
 (312) 
11,050 
 4,723 

 (33)
 (2,856)
 (675)

 (3,564)

22,322

 2,888
 3,763
 (312)
 11,260
 4,723

Equity attributable to equity holders of the Parent Company 

22,112 

22,322

The Accounting Policies and Notes on pages 66 to 92 form part of these financial statements. The financial statements of Walker Crips Group plc (Company 
registration no. 01432059) were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 29 July 2022.

Signed on behalf of the Board of Directors

Sanath Dandeniya
Director

29 July 2022

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
64

Consolidated statement of cash flows
year ended 31 March 2022

Operating activities 
Cash generated from operations 
Tax paid 

Net cash generated from operating activities 

Investing activities 
Purchase of property, plant and equipment 
(Purchase)/sale of investments held for trading 
Consideration paid on acquisition of intangibles 
Consideration paid on acquisition of client lists 
Consideration received on sale of associate 
Dividends received 
Dividends received from associate investment 
Interest received 

Net cash (used in)/generated from investing activities 

Financing activities 
Dividends paid 
Interest paid 
Repayment of lease liabilities* 
Repayment of lease interest* 

Net cash used in financing activities 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 

Net cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period 

Net cash and cash equivalents at end of period 

*  Total repayment of lease liabilities under IFRS 16 in the period was £1,052,000 (2021: £1,133,000)

The Accounting Policies and Notes on pages 66 to 92 form part of these financial statements.

Note 

31 

11 
8 
11 

15 
12 

2022 
£’000 

4,217 
 (120) 

4,097 

(119) 
(342) 
(93) 
 – 
105 
9 
 57 
 – 

(383) 

 (383) 
 (21) 
 (959) 
 (93) 

2021
£’000

1,806
 (379)

1,427

(24)
78
–
 (100)
–
8
 64
 2

28

 (64)
 (12)
 (999)
 (134)

(1,456) 

(1,209)

2,258 

8,855 

11,113 

246

8,609

8,855

Financial statementsWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

65

Consolidated statement of changes in equity
year ended 31 March 2022

Equity as at 31 March 2020 

Comprehensive loss for the year 

Total comprehensive loss for the year 

Contributions by and distributions to owners 
Dividends paid 

Total contributions by and distributions to owners 

 Share  
capital  
 £’000  

 2,888  

Share 
premium 
account  
 £’000  

Own
shares 

Capital 
held  redemption 
 £’000  
 £’000  

 3,763  

 (312) 

 111  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

Other  
 £’000  

 4,612  

Retained 
earnings 
 £’000  

 11,582  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 (258)  

 (258)  

 (64) 

 (64) 

Total
equity
 £’000 

 22,644 

 (258) 

 (258)

 (64)

 (64)

Equity as at 31 March 2021 

 2,888  

 3,763  

 (312) 

 111  

 4,612  

 11,260  

 22,322

Comprehensive income for the year 

Total comprehensive income for the year 

Contributions by and distributions to owners 
Dividends paid 

Total contributions by and distributions to owners 

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 173 

173 

 (383) 

 (383) 

173

173

(383)

(383)

Equity as at 31 March 2022 

 2,888 

3,763 

(312) 

111 

4,612 

11,050 

22,112

The Accounting Policies and Notes on pages 66 to 92 form part of these financial statements.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
66

Notes to the accounts 
year ended 31 March 2022

1.  General information
Walker Crips Group plc (“the Company”) is the Parent Company of the Walker Crips group of companies (“the Group”). The Company is a public limited 
company incorporated in the United Kingdom under the Companies Act 2006 and listed on the London Stock Exchange. The nature of the Group’s 
operations and its principal activities are set out on pages 1 to 3. The Group is registered in England and Wales. The address of the registered office is 
Old Change House, 128 Queen Victoria Street, London EC4V 4BJ.

The significant accounting policies have been disclosed below. The accounting policies for the Group and the Company are consistent unless otherwise stated.

2.  Basis of preparation
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards in conformity with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006. 

The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements are set out in note 3. The policies have been 
consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

The Group financial statements are presented on pages 61 to 65. 

The consolidated financial statements are presented in GBP sterling (£). Amounts shown are rounded to the nearest thousand, unless stated otherwise.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis, except for certain financial instruments that are measured at 
fair value, and are presented in Pounds Sterling, which is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the Group operates. The principal 
accounting policies adopted are set out below and have been applied consistently to all periods presented in the consolidated financial statements. 

The preparation of financial statements requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires Management to exercise its judgement  
in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions 
and estimates are significant to the consolidated financial statements, are disclosed in note 4.

Going concern
The financial statements of the Group have been prepared on a going concern basis. At 31 March 2022, the Group had net assets of £22.11 million  
(2021: £22.32 million), net current assets of £11.1 million (2021: £9.8 million) and cash and cash equivalents of £11.1 million (2021: £8.9 million).  
The Group reported an operating profit of £326,000 for the year ended 31 March 2022 (2021: £22,000), inclusive of exceptional expense of £1,540,000  
(2021: £419,000), and net cash inflows from operating activities of £4.2 million (2021: £1.8 million).

The Directors consider the going concern basis to be appropriate following their assessment of the Group’s financial position and its ability to meet  
its obligations as and when they fall due. In making the going concern assessment the Directors have taken into account the following:

  The Group’s three-year base case projections based on current strategy, trading performance, expected future profitability, liquidity, capital solvency  

and dividend policy.

  Outcome of stress scenarios applied to the Group’s base case projections prior to deployment of Management actions.
  The principal risks facing the Group and its systems of risk management and internal control.
  The Group’s ability to generate positive operating cash flow during the year to 31 March 2022 and the projections over the next three years.

Key assumptions that the Directors have made in preparing the base case cash flow forecasts are that:

  Revenues reflect the impact of (i) expected client and revenue losses from Truro IM resignation, (ii) net interest income from managing client deposits 
prudently capped at £1.2 million, and (iii) no further significant impact from the pandemic other than what is already known. The total revenue is 
expected to increase by 1.27% with gains from fee income offset by the lower trading commissions. Years two and three growth expectation set 
conservatively at 2%.

  Base case costs prudently reflect only the actions Management has taken to date.

Key stress scenarios that the Directors have then considered include: 

  A “bear stress scenario”: representing a further 10% fall in income compared to the base case scenario in the reporting periods ending 31 March 2023 

and 31 March 2024.

  A remote “severe stress scenario”: representing a 20% fall in commission income and 15% fall in fee income compared to the base case for each  

forecast period. 

  Both stress scenarios assume no mitigating actions and include a further prudent adjustment for the estimation uncertainty in respect of certain 

provisions (see note 4 on page 74).

Financial statementsWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

67

Liquidity and regulatory capital resource requirements exceed the minimum thresholds in both the base and bear scenarios. However, in the severe stress 
scenario, although the Group has positive liquidity throughout the period, the negative impact on our prudential capital ratio is such that it is projected 
to fall below the regulatory requirement in January 2024. The Directors consider this scenario to be remote in view of the prudence built into the base 
case planning and that further mitigations available to the Directors are not reflected therein. Such mitigating actions within Management control 
include reduction in proprietary risk positions, delayed capital expenditure, further reductions in discretionary spend and additional reduction in employee 
headcount. Other mitigating actions which may be possible include seeking shareholder support, sale of assets and stronger cost reductions. 

Following the assessment of the Group’s financial position and its ability to meet its obligations as and when they fall due, including the financial 
implications of the pandemic, the Directors are not aware of any material uncertainties that cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue  
as a going concern.

Standards and interpretations affecting the reported results or the financial position
The accounting standards adopted are consistent with those of the previous financial year. Amendments to existing IFRS standards did not have a material 
impact on the Group’s Consolidated Income Statement or the Statement of Financial Position.

The Group does not expect standards yet to be adopted by the UK endorsement body (“UKEB”) to have a material impact in future years.

3.  Significant accounting policies
Basis of consolidation
The Group financial statements consolidate the financial statements of the Group and companies controlled by the Group (its subsidiaries) made up to 
31 March each year. The Group controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the 
ability to affect those returns through its powers to direct relevant activities of the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control 
is obtained and no longer consolidated from the date that control ceases; their results are in the consolidated financial statements up to the date that 
control ceases.

Entities where the interest is 49% or less are assessed for potential treatment as a Group company against the control tests outlined in IFRS 10, being 
power over the investee, exposure or rights to variable returns and power over the investee to affect the amount of investors’ returns.

All intercompany balances, income and expenses are eliminated on consolidation.

Business combinations
The acquisition of subsidiaries is accounted for using the acquisition method. The cost of the acquisition is measured at the aggregate of the fair values,  
at the date of exchange, of assets given, liabilities incurred or assumed, and equity instruments issued by the Group in exchange for control of the acquiree. 
The acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities that meet the conditions for recognition under IFRS 3 Business Combinations are 
recognised at their fair value at the acquisition date.

Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred. 

If the business combination is achieved in stages, the acquisition date carrying value of the acquirer’s previously held equity interest in the acquiree  
is remeasured to fair value at the acquisition date; any gains or losses arising from such remeasurement are recognised in profit or loss.

Contingent consideration is classified either as equity or as a financial liability. Amounts classified as a financial liability are subsequently remeasured  
to fair value, with changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss.

Interests in associate
An associate is an entity in which the Group has significant influence, but not control or joint control. The Group uses the equity method of accounting  
by which the equity investment is initially recorded at cost and subsequently adjusted to reflect the investor’s share of the net assets of the associate.

The Group had a 33% associate investment in Walker Crips Property Income Limited (“WCPIL”). This investment was disposed fully during the period  
(see note 8).

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 202268

Notes to the accounts continued 
year ended 31 March 2022

3.  Significant accounting policies continued
Intangible assets
(a) Goodwill
Goodwill arises on the acquisition of subsidiaries and represents the excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest  
in the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired. 
If the total of consideration transferred, non-controlling interest recognised and previously held interest measured at fair value is less than the fair value  
of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired, in the case of a bargain purchase, the difference is recognised directly in the income statement. 

Goodwill is initially recognised as an asset at cost and is subsequently measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is not  
amortised but is reviewed for impairment at least annually. Any impairment is recognised immediately in profit or loss and is not subsequently reversed  
in future periods.

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to each of the CGUs, or groups of CGUs, that is expected  
to benefit from the synergies of the combination. Each unit or group of units to which the goodwill is allocated represents the lowest level within the entity 
at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. Goodwill is monitored at the operating segment level.

Goodwill impairment reviews are undertaken annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate a potential impairment. The 
carrying value of the CGU containing the goodwill is compared to the recoverable amount, which is the higher of value-in-use and the fair value less costs 
of disposal. Any impairment is recognised immediately as an expense and is not subsequently reversed.

(b) Client lists
Client lists are recognised when it is probable that future economic benefits will flow to the Group and the cost of the asset can be measured reliably whilst 
the risk and rewards have also transferred into the Group’s ownership.

Intangible assets classified as client lists are recognised when acquired as part of a business combination, when separate payments are made to acquire 
clients’ assets by adding teams of investment managers, or when acquiring the ownership of client relationships from retiring in-house self-employed 
investment managers.

The cost of acquired client lists and businesses generating revenue from clients and investment managers are capitalised. These costs are amortised on a 
straight-line basis over their expected useful lives of three to twenty years at inception. The amortisation period and amortisation method for intangible 
assets are reviewed at least each financial year end. All intangible assets have a finite useful life.

Amortisation of intangible fixed assets is included within administrative expenses in the consolidated income statement.

At each statement of financial position date, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its intangible assets to determine whether there is any indication 
that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine 
the extent of the impairment loss (if any). Where the asset does not generate cash flows that are independent from other assets, the Group estimates the 
recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs.

(c) Software licences
Computer software which is not an integral part of the related hardware is recognised as an intangible asset when the Group is expected to benefit from 
future use of the software and the costs are reliably measured and amortised using the straight-line method over a useful life of up to five years.

Impairment of non-financial assets
Intangible assets that have an indefinite useful life or intangible assets not ready to use are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for 
impairment. Assets that are subject to amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying 
amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. 
The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs of disposal and value-in-use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are 
grouped at the lowest levels for which there are largely independent cash inflows (cash-generating units). Prior impairments of non-financial assets (other 
than goodwill) are reviewed for possible reversal at each reporting date.

Own shares held
Own shares consist of treasury shares which are recognised at cost as a deduction from equity shareholders’ funds. Subsequent consideration received  
for the sale of treasury shares is also recognised in equity with any difference being taken to retained earnings. No gain or loss is recognised on sale of 
treasury shares.

Financial statementsWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

69

Revenues recognised under IFRS 15
Revenue from contracts with customers: 

  Gross commissions on stockbroking activities are recognised on those transactions whose trade date falls within the financial year, with the execution  

of the trade being the performance obligation at that point in time.

  In Walker Crips Investment Management, fees earned from managing various types of client portfolios are accrued daily over the period to which they 

relate with the performance obligation fulfilled over the same period.

  Fees in respect of financial services activities of Walker Crips Wealth Management are accrued evenly over the period to which they relate with the 

performance obligation fulfilled over the same period. 

  Fees earned from structured investments are recognised on the date the underlying security of the structured investment is traded and settled, 

with the execution of the trade being the performance obligation at that point in time.

  Fees earned from software offering, Software as a Service (“SaaS”), are accrued evenly over the period to which they relate with the performance 

obligation fulfilled over the same period. 

Other incomes:

  Interest is recognised as it accrues in respect of the financial year.
  Dividend income is recognised when:

  The Group’s right to receive payment of dividends is established;
  When it is probable that economic benefits associated with the dividend will flow to the Group;
  The amount of the dividend can be reliably measured; and

  Gains or losses arising on disposal of trading book instruments and changes in fair value of securities held for trading purposes are both recognised in 

profit and loss.

The Group does not have any long-term contract assets in relation to customers of any fixed and/or considerable lengths of time which require the 
recognition of financing costs or incomes in relation to them.

Operating expenses
Operating expenses and other charges are provided for in full up to the statement of financial position date on an accruals basis.

Exceptional items
To assist in understanding its underlying performance, the Group identifies certain items of pre-tax income and expenditure and discloses them 
separately in the Consolidated income statement.

Such items include:

1.  profits or losses on disposal or closure of businesses;
2.  corporate transaction and restructuring costs;
3.  changes in the fair value of contingent consideration; and
4.  non-recurring items considered individually for classification as exceptional by virtue of their nature or size.

The separate disclosure of these items allows a clearer understanding of the Group’s trading performance on a consistent and comparable basis, 
together with an understanding of the effect of non-recurring or large individual transactions upon the overall profitability of the Group. The exceptional 
items arising in the current period are explained in note 10.

Deferred income
Income received from clients in respect of future periods to the transaction or reporting date are classified as deferred income within creditors 
until such time as value has been received by the client.

Foreign currencies
The individual financial statements of each of the Group’s companies are presented in Pounds Sterling, which is the functional currency of the Group 
and the presentation currency of the consolidated financial statements.

In preparing the financial statements of the individual companies, transactions in currencies other than the entity’s functional currency (foreign currencies) 
are recorded at the rates of exchange prevailing on the dates of the transactions. At each statement of financial position date, monetary assets and 
liabilities that are denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rates prevailing on the balance sheet date. Exchange differences arising  
on the settlement of monetary items, and on the re-translation of monetary items, are included in the Consolidated income statement for the period.

Where consideration is received in advance of revenue being recognised, the date of the transaction reflects the date the consideration is received.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 202270

Notes to the accounts continued 
year ended 31 March 2022

3.  Significant accounting policies continued
Property, plant and equipment
Fixtures and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and provision for any impairment. Depreciation is charged 
so as to write-off the cost or valuation of assets over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method on the following bases:

Computer hardware 
Computer software 
Leasehold improvements 
Furniture and equipment 

33 1/3% per annum on cost
between 20% and 331/3% per annum on cost
over the term of the lease
331/3% per annum on cost

Right-of-use assets held under contractual arrangements are depreciated over the lengths of their respective contractual terms, as prescribed 
under IFRS 16.

The gain or loss on the disposal or retirement of an asset is determined as the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset 
and is recognised in income. The residual values and estimated useful life of items within property, plant and equipment are reviewed at least at each 
financial year end. Any shortfalls in carrying value are impaired immediately through profit or loss.

Taxation
The tax expense for the period comprises current and deferred tax.

Tax is recognised in the income statement, except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity. In this case the tax is also recognised 
directly in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.

The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the reporting period in the 
countries where the Company’s subsidiaries and associates operate and generate taxable income. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in 
tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. It establishes provisions where appropriate on the basis 
of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities. 

Deferred income tax is recognised, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their 
carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. However, the deferred tax is not accounted for if it arises from initial recognition of an asset 
or liability in a transaction other than a business combination that, at the time of the transaction, affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss. 
Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted, or substantially enacted, by the end of the reporting period and are 
expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realised, or the deferred income tax liability is settled.

Deferred income tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary 
differences can be utilised.

Deferred income tax liabilities are provided on taxable temporary differences arising from investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint arrangements, 
except for deferred income tax liability where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference is controlled by the Group and it is probable that 
the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Generally, the Group is unable to control the reversal of the temporary difference for 
associates, unless there is an agreement in place that gives the Group the ability to control the reversal of the temporary difference not recognised.

Deferred income tax assets are recognised on deductible temporary differences arising from investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint arrangements 
only to the extent that it is probable the temporary difference will reverse in the future and there is sufficient taxable profit available against which the 
temporary difference can be utilised.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities, and 
when the deferred income tax assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the taxable entity or different 
taxable entities where there is an intention to settle the balances on a net basis.

Financial assets and liabilities
Financial assets and liabilities are recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position when the Group becomes a party to the contractual 
provisions of the instrument.

At initial recognition, the Group measures a financial asset or financial liability at its fair value plus or minus transaction costs. Transaction costs of 
financial assets and financial liabilities carried at fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”) are expensed in the income statement. Immediately after initial 
recognition, an expected credit loss allowance (“ECL”) is recognised for financial assets measured at amortised cost, which results in an accounting loss 
being recognised in profit or loss when an asset is newly originated.

The Group does not use hedge accounting.

a)  Financial assets
Classification and subsequent measurement
The Group classifies its financial assets in the following measurement categories: 

  Fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”); 
  Fair value through other comprehensive income (“FVTOCI”); or 
  Amortised cost.

Financial assets are classified as current or non-current depending on the contractual timing for recovery of the asset. The classification depends 
on the purpose for which the financial assets were acquired. Management determines the classification of its financial assets at initial recognition.

Financial statementsWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

71

(i)  Debt instruments
Classification and subsequent measurement of debt instruments depend on:

  the Group’s business model for managing the asset; and 
  the cash flow characteristics of the asset.

Business model: The business model reflects how the Group manages the assets in order to generate cash flows. That is, whether the Group’s objective 
is solely to collect the contractual cash flows from the assets, to collect both the contractual cash flows and cash flows arising from the sale of assets, or 
solely or mainly to collect cash flows arising from the sale of assets. Factors considered by the Group include past experience on how the contractual cash 
flows for these assets were collected, how the assets’ performance is evaluated, and how risks are assessed and managed.

Cash flow characteristics of the asset: Where the business model is to hold assets to collect contractual cash flows, the Group assesses whether the 
financial instruments’ contractual cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest (“the SPPI test”). In making this assessment, the Group 
considers whether the contractual cash flows are consistent with a basic lending instrument. 

Based on these factors, the Group classifies its debt instruments into one of two measurement categories:

Amortised cost: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows where those cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest 
(“SPPI”), and that are not designated at FVTPL, are measured at amortised cost. Amortised cost is the amount at which the financial asset is measured at 
initial recognition minus the principal repayments, plus or minus the cumulative amortisation, using the effective interest rate method, of any difference 
between that initial amount and the maturity amount, adjusted by any ECL recognised. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts 
estimated future cash payments or receipts through the expected life of the financial asset to the gross carrying amount. Interest income from these 
financial assets is included within investment revenues using the effective interest rate method.

Fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”): Assets that do not meet the criteria for amortised cost or fair value through other comprehensive income 
(“FVTOCI”) are measured at fair value through profit or loss.

Reclassification
The Group reclassifies debt instruments when and only when its business model for managing those assets changes. The reclassification takes place from 
the start of the first reporting period following the change. 

Impairment
The Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the ECL associated with its debt instruments held at amortised cost. The Group recognises a loss allowance 
for such losses at each reporting date. On initial recognition, the Group recognises a 12-month ECL. At the reporting date, if there has been a significant 
increase in credit risk, the loss allowance is revised to the lifetime expected credit loss.

The measurement of ECL reflects:

  an unbiased and probability weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes; 
  the time value of money; and 
  reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and 

forecasts of future economic conditions.

The Group adopts the simplified approach to trade receivables and contract assets, which allows entities to recognise lifetime expected losses on all assets, 
without the need to identify significant increases in credit risk (i.e. no distinction is needed between 12-month and lifetime expected credit losses).

(ii)  Equity instruments
Investments are recognised and derecognised on a trade date basis where a purchase or sale of an investment is under a contract whose terms require 
delivery of the instrument within the timeframe established by the market concerned, and are initially measured at fair value.

The Group subsequently measures all equity investments at fair value through profit and loss. Changes in the fair value of financial assets at FVTPL are 
recognised in revenue within the Consolidated income statement.

(iii)  Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand, deposits held at call with financial institutions, other short-term, highly liquid investments with original 
maturities of three months or less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value. 
Bank overdrafts are shown within current liabilities in the statement of financial position.

Derecognition
Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or have been transferred and the Group 
has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 202272

Notes to the accounts continued 
year ended 31 March 2022

3.  Significant accounting policies continued
Financial assets and liabilities continued
b)  Financial liabilities
Classification and subsequent measurement
Financial liabilities are classified and subsequently measured at amortised cost.

Financial liabilities are derecognised when they are extinguished.

Financial liabilities and equity
Financial liabilities and equity instruments are classified according to the substance of the contractual arrangements entered into. An equity instrument  
is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the Group after deducting all of its liabilities.

Trade payables
Trade payables are classified at amortised cost. Due to their short-term nature, their carrying amount is considered to be the same as their fair value.

Bank overdrafts
Interest-bearing bank overdrafts are initially measured at fair value and shown within current liabilities. Finance charges are accounted for on an accrual 
basis in profit or loss using the effective interest rate method and are added to the carrying amount of the instrument to the extent that they are not 
settled in the period in which they arise.

Equity instruments 
Ordinary Shares are classified as equity. 

Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

Where any Group company purchases the Company’s equity share capital (treasury shares), the consideration paid, including any directly attributable 
incremental costs (net of income taxes) is deducted from equity attributable to the Company’s equity holders, until the shares are cancelled or reissued. 
Where such shares are subsequently reissued, any consideration received, net of any directly attributable incremental transaction costs and the related 
income tax effects, is included in equity attributable to the Company’s equity holders.

Share Incentive Plan (“SIP”)
The Group has an incentive policy to encourage all members of staff to participate in the ownership and future prosperity of the Group. All employees can 
participate in the SIP following three months of service. Employees may contribute a maximum of 10% of their gross salary in regular monthly payments 
(being not less than £10 and not greater than £150) to acquire Ordinary Shares in the Parent Company (Partnership Shares). Partnership Shares are 
acquired monthly. 

In response to mitigate some perceived impacts from the pandemic on the Group, the matching option was temporarily suspended during the 12-month 
period to 31 March 2021. On 1 April 2021, the matching option was reinstated to one-half for every Partnership Share purchased. This arrangement will 
continue until 31 March 2022. All shares awarded under this scheme have been purchased in the market by the Trustees of the SIP. 

Provisions
Provisions for environmental restoration, restructuring costs and legal claims are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation 
as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, and the amount has been reliably estimated. 
Restructuring provisions comprise lease termination penalties and employee termination payments. Provisions are not recognised for future operating losses.

Provisions are measured at the present value of the expenditures expected to be required to settle the obligation, using a pre-tax rate that reflects  
current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the obligation. The increase in the provision due to the passage of time  
is recognised as interest expense.

Long-term liabilities – deferred cash and shares consideration 
Amounts payable to personnel under recruitment contracts in respect of the client relationships, which transfer to the Group, are treated as long-term 
liabilities if the due date for payment of cash consideration is beyond the period of one year after the year-end date. The value of shares in all cases is 
derived by a formula based on the value of client assets received in conjunction with the prevailing share price at the date of issue which in turn determines 
the number of shares issuable.

Pension costs
The Group contributes to defined contribution personal pension schemes for selected employees. For defined contribution schemes, the Group pays 
contributions to publicly or privately administered pension insurance plans on a mandatory, contractual or voluntary basis. The Group has no further 
payment obligations once the contributions have been paid. The contributions are recognised as employee benefit expenses when they are due. Prepaid 
contributions are recognised as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in the future payments is available. The contribution rate is based 
on annual salary and the amount is charged to the income statement on an accrual basis.

Dividends paid
Equity dividends are recognised when they become legally payable. Dividend distribution to the Company’s shareholders is recognised as a liability in the 
Group’s financial statements in the period in which the dividends are approved by the Company’s shareholders. There is no requirement to pay dividends 
unless approved by the shareholders by way of written resolution where there is sufficient cash to meet current liabilities, and without detriment of any 
financial covenants, if applicable.

Financial statementsWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

73

Leases
The Group leases various offices, software and equipment that are recognised under IFRS 16. The Group’s lease contracts are typically made for fixed 
periods of 2 to 10 years and extension and termination options enabling maximise operational flexibility are included in a number of property and 
software leases across the Group. 

All leases are accounted for by recognising a right-of-use asset and a lease liability except for:

  Leases of low value assets; and
  Leases with a duration of 12 months or less.

Payments associated with short-term leases and leases of low-value assets are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in profit or loss. 
Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. Low-value assets comprise IT equipment and small items of office furniture. 

Leases are recognised as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset is available for use by the Group. Each lease 
payment is allocated between the liability and finance cost. The finance cost is charged to profit or loss over the lease period so as to produce a constant 
periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period. The right-of-use assets are depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s 
useful life and the lease term on a straight-line basis. 

Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value of the following  
lease payments: 

  fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable;
  variable lease payments that are based on an index or a rate;
  amounts expected to be payable by the lessee under residual value guarantees;
  the exercise price of a purchase option if the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise that option; and 
  payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the lessee exercising that option.

The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease. If that rate cannot be readily determined, which is generally the case for 
leases held by the Group, the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate is used.

To determine the incremental borrowing rate, the Group:

  where possible, uses recent third-party financing received by the individual lessee as a starting point, adjust to reflect changes in financing conditions 

since third-party financing was received;

  uses a build-up approach that starts with a risk-free interest rate adjusted for credit risk for leases held by the Group, which does not have recent  

third-party financing; and

  make adjustments specific to the lease, for example term, country, currency and security.

Lease payments are allocated between principal and finance cost. The finance cost is charged to profit and loss over the lease period so as to produce  
a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period.

Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following:

  the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability;
  any lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received;
  any initial direct costs; and 
  restoration costs. 

Right-of-use assets are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and the useful economic life of the underlying asset on a straight-line basis. 

The Group does not have any leasing activities acting as a lessor.

Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing:

  the profit attributable to owners of the Company, excluding any costs of servicing equity other than Ordinary Shares;
  by the weighted average number of Ordinary Shares outstanding during the financial year, adjusted for bonus elements in Ordinary Shares issued 

during the year and excluding treasury shares (note 16).

There are currently no obligations present that could have a dilutive effect on Ordinary Shares.

Share-based payments
Share-based payments are remuneration payments to selected employees that take the form of an award of shares in Walker Crips Group plc. Employees 
are not able to exercise such awards in full until three years after the award has been made (the vesting period).

Equity-settled share-based payments to employees are measured at fair value of the equity instruments at the date of grant. The fair value excludes the 
effect of non-market-based vesting conditions. Details regarding the determination of the fair value of equity-settled share-based transactions are set out 
in note 37.

As the share-based payment awards are for fully paid free shares, fair value is measured as the market value of the shares at each grant date.

The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled share-based payments is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based 
on the Group’s estimate of the number of shares that will eventually vest. At each reporting date, the Group revises its estimate of the shares expected to 
vest as a result of the effect of non-market based vesting conditions. The impact of the revision of the original estimates, if any, is recognised in the Income 
Statement such that the cumulative expense reflects the revised estimate.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 202274

Notes to the accounts continued 
year ended 31 March 2022

4.  Key sources of estimation uncertainty and judgements
The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual 
results. The estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within 
the next financial year are discussed below.

Impairment of goodwill – estimation and judgement
Determining whether goodwill is impaired requires an estimation of the fair value less costs to sell and the value-in-use of the cash-generating units 
to which goodwill has been allocated. The fair value less costs to sell involves estimation of values based on the application of earnings multiples and 
comparison to similar transactions. The value-in-use calculation requires the entity to estimate the future cash flows expected to arise from the cash-
generating unit and apply a discount rate in order to calculate present value. The assumptions used and inputs involve judgements and create estimation 
uncertainty. These assumptions have been stress-tested as described in note 17. The carrying amount of goodwill at the balance sheet date was  
£4.4 million (2021: £4.4 million) as shown in note 17.

Other intangible assets – judgement
Acquired client lists are capitalised based on current fair values. During the year, one intangible asset, a client list, was purchased by subsidiary Walker Crips 
Investment Management Limited. When the Group purchases client relationships from other corporate entities, a judgement is made as to whether the 
transaction should be accounted for as a business combination, or a separate purchase of intangible assets. In making this judgement, the Group assesses 
the acquiree against the definition of a business combination in IFRS 3. Payments to newly recruited investment managers are capitalised when they are 
judged to be made for the acquisition of client relationship intangibles. The useful lives are estimated by assessing the historic rates of client retention, the 
ages and succession plans of the investment managers who manage the clients and the contractual incentives of the investment managers. The Directors 
conduct a review of indicators of impairment and also consider a life of up to twenty years to be both appropriate and in line with peers.

Key assumptions in this regard consist of the following:

1. The continuing going concern of the Company;

2. Life expectancy of clients based on the Office for National Statistics;

3. Succession plans in place for staff and investment managers;

4. Amounts of AUMA are consistent on average;

5. A growth rate of client list AUMA of a conservative 2%; and

6. A discount rate of 12%.

Provisions – estimation and judgement
The Company has provided for the estimated cost of the project relating to the upgrade of its financial crime control framework, which was subject to 
an independent review that highlighted the need for significant improvement. The costs of the review and to implement the remediation are estimated 
to be £595,000, of which £455,000 remains provided at year end. Management has a detailed project plan underpinning the estimate for the remaining 
provision, but this includes assumptions regarding required resources which may change. 

A provision has also been made for Management’s present estimate for potential customer redress and associated costs although the review remains at 
an early stage. Management has engaged third-party legal and regulatory expert advice and opinion to assist in this matter and ensure a fair customer 
outcome is achieved. The Group’s insurers have been kept informed of this matter although at this time no asset has been recognised for any potential 
insurance recovery until the extent of cover has been formally agreed. As work remains ongoing the estimated provision is subject to change. Areas of 
estimation uncertainty remain the appropriateness of the methodology and validation of input assumptions pending legal and regulatory expert advice.

In light of the uncertainty in respect of the above two provisions, for the purposes of the going concern and viability assessment, Management has 
prudently applied a 50% adverse stress to the amounts provided. It is noted that there also may be downward revisions to the estimates and, in respect 
of client redress, insurance recoveries pending further discussions with and the agreement of insurers. 

Finally, the Company established dilapidation provisions based on quotes and reasonable estimates of the amounts for works, as well as appropriate 
rates of inflation and discount rates (see below).

IFRS 16 “Leases” – estimation and judgement
IFRS 16 requires certain judgements and estimates to be made and those significant judgements are explained below. 

  The Group has opted to use single discount rates for leases with reasonably similar characteristics. The discount rates used have had an impact 

on the right-of-use assets’ values, lease liabilities on initial recognition and lease finance costs included within the income statement.

  Where a lease includes the option for the Group to extend the lease term, the Group has exercised the judgement, based on current information, that 
such leases will be extended to the full length available, and this is included in the calculation of the value of the right-of-use assets and lease liabilities 
on initial recognition and valuation at the reporting date.

Provision for dilapidations – estimation and judgement 
The Group has made provisions for dilapidations under six leases for its offices. The Group did not enter into any new property leases in the period. 
During the year, £16,000 of additional provisions were recognised, including £4,000 of interest and released a further £77,000 of excess provision,  
totalling £618,000 provision at 31 March 2022.

The amounts of the provisions are, where possible, estimated using quotes from professional building contractors. The property, plant and equipment 
elements of the dilapidations are depreciated over the terms of their respective leases. The liabilities in relation to dilapidations are inflated using an 
estimated rate of inflation and discounted using appropriate gilt rates to present value. The change in liability attributable to inflation and discounting  
is recognised in interest expense.

Financial statementsWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

5.  Revenue
An analysis of the Group’s revenue is as follows: 

Stockbroking commission 
Fees and other revenue 

Investment management 
Wealth management, 
Financial planning and pensions 

Revenue 
Investment revenue (see note 11) 

Total income 

% of total income 

Non- 
broking 
income 
£’000 

– 
22,931 

22,931 

1,830 

24,761 
9 

24,770 

2022 

Total  
£’000 

8,044 
22,931 

30,975 

1,845 

32,820 
9 

32,829 

Broking 
income 
£’000 

9,009 
– 

9,009 

– 

9,009 
– 

9,009 

75.5% 

100.0% 

29.7% 

Broking  
income 
£’000 

8,044 
– 

8,044 

15 

8,059 
– 

8,059 

24.5% 

Non-
broking
income 
£’000 

– 
19,733 

19,733 

1,606 

21,339 
10 

21,349 

70.3% 

Timing of revenue recognition
The following table presents operating income analysed by the timing of revenue recognition of the operating segment providing the service:

75

2021

Total
£’000

9,009
19,733

28,742

1,606

30,348
10

30,358

100.0%

2022 

Revenue from contracts with customers 
Products and services transferred at a point in time 
Products and services transferred over time 

Other revenue 
Products and services transferred at a point in time 
Products and services transferred over time 

2021 

Revenue from contracts with customers 
Products and services transferred at a point in time 
Products and services transferred over time 

Other revenue 
Products and services transferred at a point in time 
Products and services transferred over time 

Investment 

Wealth 
  management  management 
£’000 

£’000 

11,894 
17,917 

260 
1,585 

404 
722 

– 
– 

30,937 

1,845 

Investment 

Wealth 
  management  management 
£’000 

£’000 

10,389 
16,393 

161 
1,425 

1,089 
855 

20 
– 

28,726 

1,606 

  Consolidated
   year ended
31 March
2022
£’000

SaaS 
£’000 

38 
– 

– 
– 

38 

12,192
19,502

404
722

32,820

   Consolidated
year ended
31 March
2021
£’000

SaaS 
£’000 

16 
– 

– 
– 

16 

10,566
17,818

1,109
855

30,348

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
76

Notes to the accounts continued 
year ended 31 March 2022

6.  Segmental analysis 
For segmental reporting purposes, the Group currently has three operating segments; Investment management, being portfolio-based transaction 
execution and investment advice; Wealth management, being financial planning and pensions administration; and Software as a Service (“SaaS”) 
comprising provision of regulatory and admin software and bespoke cloud software to companies. Unallocated corporate expenses, assets and liabilities 
are not considered to be allocatable accurately, or fairly, under any known basis of allocation and are therefore disclosed separately.

Walker Crips Investment Management’s activities focus predominantly on investment management of various types of portfolios and asset classes.

Walker Crips Wealth Management provides advisory and administrative services to clients in relation to their financial planning, life insurance, inheritance 
tax and pension arrangements. 

EnOC Technologies Limited (“EnOC”) provides the regulatory and admin software, Software as a Service (“SaaS”), to their business partners, including all 
WCG’s regulated entities. Fees payable by subsidiary companies to EnOC have been eliminated on consolidation and are excluded from segmental analysis.

Revenues between Group entities, and in turn reportable segments, are excluded from the segmental analysis presented below.

The Group does not derive any revenue from geographical regions outside of the United Kingdom.

2022 

Revenue 
Revenue from contracts with customers  
Other revenue 

Total revenue 

Results 
Segment result 
Unallocated corporate expenses 

Investment revenue 
Finance costs 
Profit on disposal of associate investment 

Profit before tax 
Tax 

Profit after tax 

2022 

Other information 
Capital additions 
Depreciation 

Statement of financial positions 
Assets 
Segment assets 
Unallocated corporate assets 

Consolidated total assets 

Liabilities 
Segment liabilities 
Unallocated corporate liabilities 

Consolidated total liabilities 

Investment 

Wealth 
  management  management 
£’000 

£’000 

  Consolidated
year ended
31 March
2022
£’000 

SaaS 
£’000 

29,811 
1,126 

30,937 

1,845 
– 

1,845 

38 
– 

38 

31,694
1,126 

32,820

1,160  

(258) 

(102) 

800
(474)

326 
9
(114)
103

324
(151)

173 

Investment  

Wealth 
  management  management 
£’000 

£’000 

  Consolidated
year ended
31 March
2022 
£’000 

SaaS 
£’000 

466 
260 

5 
43 

– 
– 

471
303 

71,823 

77 

390 

52,189 

235 

237 

72,290
4,379

76,669

52,661
1,896

54,557

Financial statementsWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

77

2021 

Revenue 
Revenue from contracts with customers 
Other revenue 

Total revenue 

Results 
Segment result 
Unallocated corporate expenses 

Investment revenue 
Finance costs 

Loss before tax 
Tax 

Loss after tax 

2021 

Other information 
Capital additions 
Depreciation 

Statement of financial positions 
Assets 
Segment assets 
Unallocated corporate assets 

Consolidated total assets 

Liabilities 
Segment liabilities 
Unallocated corporate liabilities 

Consolidated total liabilities 

7.  Commissions and fees paid
Commissions and fees paid comprises:

To authorised external agents 
To self-employed certified persons 

Investment 

Wealth 
  management  management 
£’000 

£’000 

  Consolidated
year ended
31 March
2021
£’000 

SaaS 
£’000 

26,782 
1,944 

28,726 

1,586 
20 

1,606 

16 
– 

16 

28,384 
1,964 

30,348 

1,333  

(127)  

(127) 

1,079
(1,057)

22 
10 
(146)

(114) 
(144)

(258) 

Investment 

Wealth 
  management  management 
£’000 

£’000 

  Consolidated
year ended
31 March
2021 
£’000 

SaaS 
£’000 

91 
304 

201 
71 

– 
– 

292 
375 

67,297 

1,138 

369 

48,486 

328 

10  

2022 
£’000 

61 
9,049 

9,110 

68,804
6,151

74,955 

48,824
3,809 

52,633 

2021 
£’000 

63
9,639

9,702

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
78

Notes to the accounts continued 
year ended 31 March 2022

8.  Investment in associate

Brought forward 
Share of after-tax profit 

Dividends 
Disposals 

Carried forward 

2022 
£’000  

2021
£’000 

2  
57  

(57)  
(2) 

– 

– 
66 

(64) 
–

2 

The Group disposed of its 33.33% interest in its associate, Walker Crips Property Income Limited (“WCPIL”), during the year for a consideration of 
£105,000. The brought forward value of the Group’s share of net assets in WCPIL was £2,000. The Board of WCPIL submitted management accounts  
to 31 December 2021 reporting an after-tax profit of £171,000, giving the Group a £57,000 entitlement from which a dividend of £57,000 was paid  
to the Group in the period.

9.  Profit/(loss) for the year
Profit/(loss) for the year on continuing operations has been arrived at after charging: 

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment (see note 19) 
Depreciation of right-of-use assets (see note 20)  
Amortisation of intangibles (see note 18)  
Staff costs (see note 13)  
Recharge of staff costs 
Settlement costs  
Communications  
Regulatory costs 
Computer expenses  
Other expenses 
Auditor’s remuneration  

A more detailed analysis of auditor’s remuneration is provided below:

Audit services 
Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for the audit of its annual accounts  
The audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation – current year   

Non-audit services 
FCA client assets reporting  
AAF Review 

2022 
£’000 

303 
873 
862 
13,862 
(725) 
1,143 
1,260 
765 
790 
2,540 
223 

2021 
£’000 

375
961
837
12,690
(710)
1,148
1,195
756
595
2,221
203

21,901 

20,271

2022 
£’000 

2022  
% 

2021 
£’000 

2021 
% 

51 
119 

13 
40 

223 

23 
53 

6 
18 

100 

57 
133 

13 
– 

203 

28
66

6
–

100

Financial statementsWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

79

10.    Exceptional items
Certain amounts are disclosed separately in order to present results which are not distorted by significant items of income and expenditure due to their 
nature and materiality.

Exceptional items included within operating profit 
Change in fair value of deferred consideration 
Restructuring, redundancy and other costs 
Net compensation income 
Financial crime control framework review and remediation 
Client redress and associated costs 

Operating exceptional items 

Other 
Profit on disposal of associate investment 

Total exceptional items 

2022 
£’000 

– 
516 
(221) 
595  
650 

1,540  

(103) 

1,437 

2021
£’000

31 
388
– 
– 
–

419 

–

419

In the prior year, the Group incurred professional fees and other expenses relating to the actions taken in response to the pandemic, including restructuring 
and redundancy costs, and a contractual dispute. In addition, the Group recognised a change in fair value of deferred consideration in respect of acquired 
client relationships.

In the current year, the following items have been classified as exceptions due to their materiality and non-recurring nature. These are:

a)  Completion of the Group’s restructuring and redundancy activity commenced during the pandemic;

b)  The Group received compensation under a confidential settlement agreement, without admission of liability by either party in relation to a dispute;

c)  The costs of an independent review and resulting actions to remediate and enhance the Group’s financial crime framework. See notes 4 and 27;

d)  The actions of an associate combined with an internal control failure resulted in customer detriment. Provision has been made for the present 

estimate of redress and associated costs. We are working with our insurers to confirm scope of cover and any future recovery will also be treated 
as an exceptional item. See notes 4 and 27; and

e)  The Group disposed of its 33.33% interest in its associate, Walker Crips Property Income Limited (“WCPIL”).

In total, £1,437,000 has been expensed in the current year. The Directors acknowledge this is a significant amount but consider transparent disclosure  
and explanation provides readers with an improved understanding of the Group results.

11.    Investment revenue 
Investment revenue comprises:

Interest on bank deposits  
Dividends from equity investment  

12.    Finance costs 
Finance costs comprises:

Interest on lease liabilities 
Interest on dilapidation provisions 
Interest on overdue liabilities  

2022 
£’000 

–  
9  

9  

2022 
£’000 

(93) 
(11) 
(10) 

(114) 

2021
£’000

2 
8 

10 

2021
£’000 

(134)
(2)
(10)

(146)

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
80

Notes to the accounts continued 
year ended 31 March 2022

13.    Staff costs
Particulars of employee costs (including Directors) are as shown below: 

Wages and salaries 
Social security costs 
Share incentive plan 
Other employment costs 

2022 
£’000 

11,561 
1,197 
57 
1,047 

13,862 

2021
£’000 

10,643
1,074
94
879

12,690

Staff costs do not include commissions payable mainly to self-employed account executives, as these costs are included in total commissions payable  
to self-employed certified persons disclosed in note 7. At the end of the year there were 39 certified self-employed account executives (2021: 40).  
Please see page 46 for details of Directors’ remunerations.

The average number of staff employed during the year was:

Executive Directors 
Certified and approved staff 
Other staff  

The table incorporates the new staff classification under Senior Managers and Certification Regime (“SM&CR”). 

14.    Taxation 
The tax charge is based on the loss/profit for the year of continuing operations and comprises:  

UK corporation tax at 19% (2021: 19%) 
Prior year adjustments 
Origination and reversal of timing differences during the current period 

Corporation tax is calculated at 19% (2021: 19%) of the estimated assessable profit for the year.

The charge for the year can be reconciled to the (loss)/profit per the income statement as follows: 

Profit/(loss) before tax 

Tax on profit/(loss) on ordinary activities at the standard rate UK corporation tax rate of 19% (2021: 19%) 

Effects of: 
Tax rate changes for deferred tax 
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes 
Prior year adjustment 
Fixed asset differences 
Other 

2022 
Number 

2021
Number 

2 
54  
152  

208 

2
60 
150 

212

2022 
£’000 

131 
(66) 
86 

151 

2022 
£’000 

324 

62 

108 
21 
(66) 
26 
– 

151 

2021
£’000 

96
111
(63)

144

2021
£’000 

(114)

(22)

–
22
111
63
(30)

144

Current tax has been provided at the rate of 19%. Deferred tax has been provided at 19% (2021: 19%).

The exceptional charge of £1,437,000 (2021: £419,000), disclosed separately on the Consolidated income statement, is tax deductible to the 
value of £373,000 (2021: £80,000) of corporation tax. Classifying these credits/costs as exceptional has no effect on the tax liability.

In the Spring Budget 2021, the Government announced that from 1 April 2023 the UK corporation tax rate will increase from 19% to 25%. 
This will have a consequential effect on the Group’s future tax charge.

Financial statementsWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

81

15.    Dividends 
When determining the level of proposed dividend in any year a number of factors are taken into account including levels of profitability, future cash 
commitments, investment needs, shareholder expectations and prudent buffers for maintaining an adequate regulatory capital surplus. Amounts 
recognised as distributions to equity holders in the period:

Final dividend for the year ended 31 March 2021 of 0.60p (2020: 0.00p) per share 
Interim dividend for the year ended 31 March 2022 of 0.30p (2021: 0.15p) per share 

Proposed final dividend for the year ended 31 March 2022 of 1.20p (2021: 0.60p) per share  

2022 
£’000 

255 
128 

383 

511 

2021 
£’000 

–
64

64

256

The proposed final dividends are subject to approval by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting and have not been included as liabilities in these 
financial statements.

16.    Earnings/(loss) per share
The calculation of basic earnings/(loss) per share for continuing operations is based on the post-tax profit for the financial year of £173,000  
(2021: post-tax loss of £258,000) and divided by 42,577,328 (2021: 42,577,328) Ordinary Shares of 62/3 pence, being the weighted average number  
of Ordinary Shares in issue during the year.

No dilution to earnings/(loss) per share in the current year or in the prior year.

The calculation of the basic earnings/(loss) per share is based on the following data:

Earnings/(loss) for the purpose of basic earnings/(loss) per share 
being net profit/(loss) attributable to equity holders of the Parent Company 

Number of shares

Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares for the purposes of basic earnings per share 

This produced basic earnings per share of 0.41 pence (2021: basic loss per share of 0.61 pence).

17.    Goodwill

Cost 
At 1 April 2020 

At 1 April 2021 

At 31 March 2022 

Accumulated impairment 
At 1 April 2020 

At 1 April 2021 
Impaired during the year 

At 31 March 2022 

Carrying amount 

At 31 March 2022 

At 31 March 2021 

2022  
£’000  

2021 
£’000 

173  

(258) 

2022 
Number  

2021
Number 

42,577,328  

42,577,328

£’000 

7,056

7,056 

7,056 

2,668

2,668 
– 

2,668 

4,388 

4,388 

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
82

Notes to the accounts continued 
year ended 31 March 2022

17.    Goodwill continued
Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated, at acquisition, to the cash-generating units (“CGUs”) that are expected to benefit from that 
business combination or intangible asset. The carrying amount of goodwill has been allocated as follows:

London York Fund Managers Limited CGU (“London York”) 
Barker Poland Asset Management LLP CGU (“BPAM”) 

2022 
£’000 

2,901 
1,487 

4,388 

2021
£’000 

2,901 
1,487 

4,388 

The recoverable amounts of the CGUs have been determined based upon value-in-use calculations for the London York CGU and fair value, less costs 
of disposal for the BPAM CGU. 

The London York computation was based on discounted five-year cash flow projections and terminal values. The key assumptions for these calculations 
are a pre-tax discount rate of 12%, terminal growth rates of 2% and the expected changes to revenues and costs during the five-year projection period 
based on discussions with Senior Management, past experience, future expectations in light of anticipated market and economic conditions, comparisons 
with our peers and widely available economic and market forecasts. The pre-tax discount rate is determined by Management based on current market 
assessments of the time value of money and risks specific to the London York CGU. The base value-in-use cash flows were stress tested for an increase in 
discount rates to 16% and a 20% fall in net inflows resulting in no impairment.

The discount rate would need to increase above 16% for the London York CGU value-in-use to equal the respective carrying values. Revenues would 
need to fall by £341,000 per annum in present value terms for the London York CGU value-in-use to equal the respective carrying values.

The BPAM CGU recoverable amount was assessed, in accordance with IAS 36, by adopting the higher method of the fair value less cost of disposal 
to determine the recoverable amount (as opposed to the lower value-in-use). The recoverable amount at the year-end calculated for the BPAM CGU, 
determined by the fair value less cost of disposal, exceeded that produced by the value-in-use calculation. The fair value less cost of disposal amounted 
to £7.8 million (2021: £5.4 million) with headroom, after selling costs, of £4.2 million (2021: £1.7 million) after applying price earnings multiples based on 
the average of the Group’s and its peers’ published results. Accordingly, this measurement is classified as fair value hierarchy Level 3 having used valuation 
techniques not based on directly observable market data. A 58% decrease in BPAM’s profit after tax would result in potential impairment of £15,000.

18.   Other intangible assets

Cost 
At 1 April 2020 
Reclassification of software as intangibles* 
Additions in the year 

At 1 April 2021 
Reclassification of assets relating to IFRS 16 
Additions in the year 

At 31 March 2022 

Amortisation 
At 1 April 2020 
Reclassification of software as intangibles* 
Charge for the year 

At 1 April 2021 
Charge for the year 

At 31 March 2022 

Carrying amount 

At 31 March 2022 

At 31 March 2021 

Software  
licences  Client lists 
£’000 

£’000 

44 
2,783 
56 

2,883 
(45) 
61 

10,572 
– 
93 

10,665 
– 
32 

Total 
£’000 

10,616
2,783 
149 

13,548
(45)
93

2,899 

10,697 

13,596

25 
2,230 
204 

2,459 
185 

2,644 

3,890 
– 
633 

4,523 
677 

5,200 

3,915
2,230 
837 

6,982 
862

7,844

255 

424 

5,497 

6,142 

5,752

6,566 

*   During the previous year, the cost and accumulated depreciation of software assets were reclassified as intangible assets from property, plant and equipment. There was no 

impact to the Consolidated income statement in the current or prior years.

The intangible assets are amortised over their estimated useful lives in order to determine amortisation rates. “Client lists” are assessed on a client-by-client 
basis and are amortised over periods of three to twenty years and “Software licences” are amortised over five years. There are no indications that the value 
attributable to client lists or software licences should be impaired.

Financial statementsWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Leasehold  
                             improvement, 

 furniture and   Computer 
software 
  equipment 
£’000 
£’000 

Computer 
hardware 
£’000 

83

Total
£’000

7,061 
(5)
(2,783)
75 

4,348 
(73)
(50)
118

4,343

4,731
(5)
(2,230)
375

2,871
303

3,174

1,435 
126 
– 
21 

1,582 
– 
– 
8 

1,590 

1,367 
47 
– 
77 

1,491 
50 

1,541 

2,833 
(121) 
– 
54 

2,766 
(73) 
(50) 
110 

2,753 

1,063 
19 
– 
298 

1,380 
253 

1,633 

1,120 

1,386 

2,793 
(10) 
(2,783) 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

2,301 
(71) 
(2,230) 
– 

– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

49 

91 

1,169

1,477

19.    Property, plant and equipment

Owned fixed assets 

Cost 
1 April 2020 
Reclassification of assets* 
Reclassification of software as intangibles** 
Additions in the year 

At 1 April 2021 
Reclassification of assets* 
Dilapidation asset reassessment 
Additions in the year 

At 31 March 2022 

Accumulated depreciation 
1 April 2020 
Reclassification of assets* 
Reclassification of software as intangibles** 
Charge for the year 

1 April 2021 
Charge for the year 

At 31 March 2022 

Carrying amount 

At 31 March 2022 

At 31 March 2021 

*  Adjustments were made in the year to reclassify assets more appropriately between asset classes. The net impact of these adjustments in asset costs and accumulated 

depreciation was nil and did not require changes or corrections to depreciation policy.

**  The cost and accumulated depreciation of software assets were reclassified as intangible assets from property, plant and equipment. There was no impact to the Consolidated 

income statement in the current or prior years.

20.    Right-of-use assets

Cost 
1 April 2021 
Additions 
Lease reassessment 

At 31 March 2022 

Accumulated depreciation 
1 April 2021 
Charge for the year 

At 31 March 2022 

Carrying amount 

At 31 March 2022 

At 31 March 2021 

Offices  
£’000 

Computer 
software 
£’000 

Computer 
hardware 
£’000 

4,601  
104 
(401) 

4,304 

1,319  
649 

1,968 

2,336 

3,282  

744 
155 
– 

899 

469 
204 

673 

226 

275 

95 
–  
– 

95 

40 
20 

60 

35 

55 

Total
£’000

5,440
259
(401)

5,298

1,828
873

2,701

2,597

3,612

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
84

Notes to the accounts continued 
year ended 31 March 2022

21.    Investments – fair value through profit or loss
Non-current asset investments

At 31 March 2020 

At 31 March 2021 

Loss from change in fair value 

At 31 March 2022 

  Investments  
  at fair value  
through  
  profit or loss 
£’000 

51 

37 

(37) 

– 

Total
£’000

51 

37

(37)

–

The Group’s investment in unregulated collective investment scheme (“UCIS”) were written down in the period to £nil. The investment was to cover a 
corresponding creditor of £25,000, therefore a net write-down of £12,000 was recognised in the Income Statement.

Current asset investments

Trading investments 
Investments – fair value through profit or loss 

As at  
31 March 
2022 
£’000 

As at
31 March
2021
£’000 

1,647 

920 

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss represent investments in equity securities and collectives that present the Group with opportunity  
for return through dividend income, interest and trading gains. The fair values of these securities are based on quoted market prices.

The following provides an analysis of financial instruments that are measured subsequent to initial recognition at fair value, grouped into Levels 1 to 3 
based on the degree to which the fair value is observable:

  Level 1 fair value measurements are those derived from quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. The Group’s 

financial assets held at fair value through profit and loss under current assets fall within this category;

  Level 2 fair value measurements are those derived from inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset 
or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices). The Group does not hold financial instruments in this category; and

  Level 3 fair value measurements are those derived from valuation techniques that include inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable 

market data (unobservable inputs). The Group’s financial assets held at fair value through profit and loss under non-current assets fall within this 
category.

At 31 March 2022 
Financial assets held at fair value through profit and loss   

At 31 March 2021 
Financial assets held at fair value through profit and loss 

Level 1 
£’000 

Level 2 
£’000 

Level 3 
£’000 

1,647 

920 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Total
£’000 

1,647

920 

Further IFRS 13 disclosures have not been presented here as the balance represents 2.148% (2021: 1.277%) of total assets. There were no transfers of 
investments between any of the levels of hierarchy during the year.

Financial statementsWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

85

22.    Trade and other receivables

Amounts falling due within one year: 
Due from clients, brokers and recognised stock exchanges at amortised cost 
Other debtors at amortised cost 
Prepayments and accrued income 

23.    Cash and cash equivalents

Cash deposits held at bank, repayable on demand without penalty  

2022 
£’000 

2021 
£’000 

42,898 
1,522 
5,583 

50,003 

2022 
£’000 

11,113 

11,113 

40,633
2,447
6,018

49,098

2021 
£’000 

8,855

8,855

2021
£’000 

5,256
3,337
25
237

8,855

Total 
£’000 

(335)
32 
(97)

(400)

(51)
37

(414)

Cash and cash equivalents do not include deposits of client monies placed by the Group with banks and building societies in segregated client bank 
accounts (free money and settlement accounts). All such deposits are designated by the banks and building societies as clients’ funds and are not 
available to satisfy any liabilities of the Group. 

The amount of such net deposits which are not included in the consolidated statement of financial position at 31 March 2022 was £314,424,000  
(2021: £274,145,000).

The credit quality of banks holding the Group’s cash at 31 March 2022 is analysed below with reference to credit ratings awarded by Fitch.

A+ 
AA- 
A- 
Unrated or held in cash 

24.    Deferred tax liability

At 1 April 2020 
Use of loss brought forward  
Debit to the income statement  

At 1 April 2021 

Use of loss brought forward  
Debit to the income statement  

At 31 March 2022 

2022 
£’000 

7,837 
2,959 
45 
272 

11,113 

  Short-term 
temporary 
Capital  differences 
and other 
£’000 

  allowances 
£’000 

(65) 
– 
(59) 

(124) 

119 
– 

(5) 

(270) 
32 
(38) 

(276) 

(170) 
37 

(409) 

Deferred income tax assets are recognised for tax loss carried forward to the extent that the realisation of the related tax benefit through future taxable profits 
is probable. The Group did not recognise deferred income tax assets of £152 (2021: £11,000) in respect of losses amounting to £800 (2021: £58,000) that can 
be carried forward against future taxable income. Losses amounting to £nil (2021: £nil) and £nil (2021: £nil) expire in 2021 and 2022, respectively.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
86

Notes to the accounts continued 
year ended 31 March 2022

25.    Financial instruments and risk profile
Financial risk management
Procedures and controls are in place to identify, assess and ultimately control the financial risks faced by the Group arising from its use of financial 
instruments. Steps are taken to mitigate identified risks with established and effective procedures and controls, efficient systems and the adequate  
training of staff.

The Group’s risk appetite, along with the procedures and controls mentioned above, are laid out in the Group’s Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment 
Process document prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Financial Conduct Authority (“the FCA”).

The overall risk appetite for the Group is considered by Management to be low, despite operating in a marketplace where financial risk is inherent  
in investment management and financial services. 

The Group considers its financial risks arising from its use of financial instruments to fall into three main categories:

(i)  credit risk;
(ii)  liquidity risk; and
(iii) market risk.

Financial risk management is a central part of the Group’s strategic management which recognises that an effective risk management programme 
can increase a business’s chances of success and reduce the possibility of failure. Continual assessment, monitoring and updating of procedures and 
benchmarks are all essential parts of the Group’s risk management strategy.

(i) Credit risk management practices
The Group’s credit risk is the risk of loss through default by a counterparty and, accordingly, the Group’s definition of default is primarily attributable to 
its trade receivables or pledged collateral which is the risk that a client, market counterparty or recognised stock exchange will be unable to pay amounts 
to settle a trade in full when due. Other credit risks, such as free delivery of securities or cash, are not deemed to be significant. Significant changes in the 
economy or a particular sector could result in losses that are different from those that the Group has provided for at the year-end date.

All financial assets at the year-end were assessed for credit impairment and no material amounts have arisen having evaluated the age of overdue debtors, 
the quality of recourse to third parties and the availability of mitigation through the disposal of liquid collateral in the form of marketable securities. The 
Group’s write-off policy is driven by the historic dearth of instances where material irrecoverable losses have been incurred. Where the avenues of recourse 
and mitigation outlined above have not been successful, the outstanding balance, or residual balance if sale proceeds do not fully cover an exposure, will 
be written off.

The Board is responsible for oversight of the Group’s credit risk. The Group accepts a limited exposure to credit risk but aims to mitigate and minimise 
the risk through various methods. There is no material concentrated credit risk as the exposures are spread across a substantial number of clients and 
counterparties.

Trade receivables (includes settlement balances)
Settlement risk arises in any situation where a payment of cash or transfer of a security is made in the expectation of a corresponding delivery  
of a security or receipt of cash. Settlement balances arise with clients, market counterparties and recognised stock exchanges.

In the vast majority of cases, control of the stock purchased will remain with the Group until client monetary balances are fully settled.

Where there is an absence of securities collateral, clients are usually required to hold sufficient funds in their managed deposit account prior to the trade 
being conducted. Holding significant amounts of client money helps the Group to manage credit risks arising with clients. Many of our clients also hold 
significant amounts of stock and other securities in our nominee subsidiary company, providing additional security should a specific transaction fail to be 
settled and the proceeds of such securities disposed of can be used to settle all outstanding obligations.

In addition, the client side of settlement balances are normally fully guaranteed by our commission-sharing certified persons who conduct transactions  
and manage the relationships with our mutual clients.

Exposures to market counterparties also arise in the settlement of trades or when collateral is placed with them to cover open trading positions. Market 
counterparties are usually other FCA-regulated firms and are considered creditworthy, some reliance being placed on the fact that other regulated firms 
would be required to meet the stringent capital adequacy requirements of the FCA.

Maximum exposure to credit risk:

Cash 
Trade receivables 
Other debtors 
Accrued interest income 

2022 
£’000 

11,113 
42,898 
1,522 
108 

55,641 

2021
£’000 

8,855
40,633
2,447
55

51,990

Financial statementsWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

87

An ageing analysis of the Group’s financial assets is presented in the following table:

At 31 March 2022  

Trade receivables  
Cash and cash equivalent  
Other debtors 
Accrued interest income  

Current 
£’000 

42,459  
11,113 
1,469 
108 

55,149 

0-1 
month 
£’000 

2-3 
months 
£’000 

Over 3 
months 
£’000 

Carrying
value 
£’000 

245 
– 
11 
– 

256 

179 
– 
1 
– 

180 

15 
– 
41 
– 

56 

42,898
11,113
1,522
108

55,641

Expected credit loss
The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses using a lifetime expected credit loss provision for trade receivables 
and contract assets. To measure expected credit losses on a collective basis, trade receivables and contract assets are grouped based on similar credit risk 
and ageing. The contract assets have similar risk characteristics to the trade receivables for similar types of contracts.

As noted in principal risks on page 22, the Group undertakes a daily assessment of credit risk which includes monitoring of client and counterparty exposure 
and credit limits. New clients are individually assessed for their creditworthiness using external ratings where available and all institutional relationships are 
monitored at regular intervals.

As at 31 March 2022, the Directors of the Company reviewed and assessed the Group’s existing assets for impairment using the IFRS 9 simplified approach 
to measuring expected credit losses using a lifetime expected credit loss provision for trade receivables and contract assets and no additional impairments 
have been recognised on application and no material defaults are anticipated within the next 12 months.

Concentration of credit risk
In addition, daily risk management procedures to actively monitor disproportionately large trades by a customer or market counterparty are in place.  
The financial standing, pattern of trading, type and size of security or instrument traded are amongst the factors taken into consideration.

(ii) Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group is unable to meet its payment obligations associated with its financial liabilities when they fall due.

Historically, sufficient underlying cash has been prevalent in the business for many years as the Group is normally cash-generative. The risk of unexpected 
large cash outflows could arise where large amounts are being settled daily of which only a fraction forms the commission earned by the Group. This could 
be due to clients settling late or bad deliveries to the market or CREST, also resulting in a payment delay from the market side.

The Group’s policy with regard to liquidity risk is to carefully monitor balance sheet structure and borrowing limits, including:

  monitoring of cash positions on a daily basis;
  exercising strict control over the timely settlement of trade debtors; and
  exercising strict control over the timely settlement of market debtors and creditors.

The Group holds its cash and cash equivalents spread across a number of highly rated financial institutions. All cash and cash equivalents 
are short-term highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash without penalty.

All the regulated Group subsidiaries are subject to the provisions of FCA Liquidity standards if they are within the scope of the rules in the 
FCA Handbook chapter IFPRU 7.

The table below analyses the Group’s cash outflow based on the remaining period to the contractual maturity date.

2022 

Trade and other payables 

2021 

Trade and other payables 

Less than 
1 year 
£’000 

49,625 

49,625 

Total 
£’000 

49,625

49,625

47,395 

47,395 

47,395

47,395 

(iii) Market risk
Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices such as foreign exchange rates or equity prices, on financial assets and liabilities will affect the Group’s 
results. They relate to price risk on fair value through profit or loss trading investments and are subject to ongoing monitoring.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
88

Notes to the accounts continued 
year ended 31 March 2022

25.    Financial instruments and risk profile continued
Fair value of financial instruments
The fair values of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities are not materially different from their carrying values as they are valued at their realisable 
values. The Group’s financial assets that are classed as current asset and non-current asset investments (fair value through profit or loss) have been 
revalued at 31 March 2022 using closing market prices.

A 10% fall in global equity markets would, in isolation, result in a pre-tax decrease to net assets of £164,700 (2021: £92,000). A 10% rise would have  
an equal and opposite effect.

The impact of foreign exchange and interest rate risk is not material and is therefore not presented.

26.    Trade and other payables

Amounts owed to clients, brokers and recognised stock exchanges 
Other creditors 
Contract liability 
Accrued expenses 

2022 
£’000 

42,325 
2,537 
14 
4,749 

49,625 

2021
£’000 

39,951
3,059
28
4,357

47,395

Trade creditors and accruals comprise amounts outstanding for investment-related transactions, to customers or counterparties, and ongoing costs. The 
average credit period taken for purchases in relation to costs is 15 days (2021: 14 days). The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade payables 
approximates to their fair value.

27.    Provisions 
Provisions included in other current liabilities and long-term liabilities are made up as follows:

  Professional  
fees 
£’000 

Client 
payments 
£’000 

Dilapi-
dations 
£’000 

Provisions falling due within one year
At start of year  
Additions  
Dilapidation provision transferred from more than one year 
Utilisation of provision  

Provisions falling due after one year 
At start of year  
Dilapidation provision transferred to less than one year 
Utilisation or release of provision  
Interest 

– 
595 
– 
(140) 

455 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

205 
650 
– 
(205) 

650 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

Total as at 31 March 2022  

455 

650 

– 
16 
16 
– 

32 

675 
(16) 
(77) 
4 

586 

618 

Total 
£’000 

205
1,121
16
(205)

1,137

675
(16)
(77)
4

586

1,723

Professional fees
The Group has provided for the costs to remediate and improve its financial crime control framework. See notes 4 and 10. 

Client payments
These provisions relate to expected payments to clients for redress, claims or complaints together with associated costs which in the opinion of the Board, 
need providing for after taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding such events. The timing of these settlements are unknown but it is 
expected that they will be resolved within 12 months. See notes 4 and 10.

Dilapidations
The Group, based on revised estimates, has made an additional provision of £16,000 for dilapidations in connection with acquired leasehold premises 
(2021: total additional provision of £16,000), which is due within one year. These costs are expected to arise at the end of each respective lease. Provisions 
for dilapidations payable on leases after more than one year amounted to £586,000, including interest.

The Group had six leased properties, all of which had contractual dilapidation requirements. The dilapidation provisions in relation to these leases range 
from net present values as at the year-end of £10,000 to £525,000 per lease.

Financial statementsWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

89

Total
£’000

3,802
259
(417)
93
(1,192)

2,545

2021
£’000 

946 
2,856

3,802

2021
£’000 

1,069
266
3,898 
65

5,298

2022 
£’000 

2021
£’000 

2,888 

2,888 

Offices 
£’000 

Computer 
software 
£’000 

Computer 
hardware 
£’000 

3,486  
104 
(417) 
87 
(923) 

2,337 

261 
155 
– 
5 
(248) 

173 

55 
– 
– 
1 
(21) 

35 

2022 
£’000 

245 
2,300 

2,545 

2022 
£’000 

340 
491 
2,058 
54 

2,943 

28.    Lease liabilities

Lease liabilities  

At 1 April 2021 
Additions 
Lease reassessments 
Interest 
Lease payments 

At 31 March 2022 

Lease liabilities profile (statement of financial position) 

Amounts due within one year 
Amounts due after more than one year 

Undiscounted lease maturity analysis 

Within one year 
Between one and two years 
Between two and five years 
Over five years 

Total undiscounted lease liabilities 

29.    Called-up share capital

Called-up, allotted and fully paid 
43,327,328 (2021: 43,327,328) Ordinary Shares of 62/3p each 

The Group’s Articles were amended in 2010 since when there has been no authorised share capital. Shareholders have no restrictions on their holdings 
except for certain investment managers who were awarded shares in the Group soon after joining as part of the consideration for their client relationships. 
These holdings cannot be sold for a period of four to six years from commencement date. 

The following movements in share capital occurred during the year:

At 1 April 2021 

At 31 March 2022 

  Number of  
shares 

43,327,328 

43,327,328 

Share 
capital 
£’000 

2,888 

2,888 

Share 
premium 
£’000 

3,763 

3,763 

Total
£’000 

6,651 

6,651 

The Group’s capital is defined for accounting purposes as total equity. As at 31 March 2022, this totalled £22,112,000 (2021: £22,322,000).

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to:

  safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern so that it can continue to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders;
  maintain a strong capital base to support the development of the business;
  optimise the distribution of capital across the Group’s subsidiaries, reflecting the requirements of each company;
  strive to make capital freely transferable across the Group where possible; and
  comply with regulatory requirements at all times.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
90

Notes to the accounts continued 
year ended 31 March 2022

29.    Called-up share capital continued
Walker Crips Group plc is classified for capital purposes as an investment management group and performs an Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment 
Process (“ICAAP”), which is presented to the FCA on request. Regulatory capital resources for ICAAP purposes are calculated in accordance with published 
rules. These require certain adjustments to and certain deductions from accounting capital, the latter largely in respect of intangible assets. The ICAAP 
compares regulatory capital resources against regulatory capital requirements derived using the FCA’s Pillar 1 and Pillar 2 methodology. 

The Group has adopted the standardised approach to calculating its Pillar 1 credit risk component and the basic indicator approach to calculating 
its operational risk component. Capital management policy and practices are applied at both Group and entity level.

In addition to a variety of stress tests performed as part of the ICAAP process, and daily reporting in respect of treasury activity, capital levels are 
monitored and forecast to ensure that dividends and investment requirements are appropriately managed and appropriate buffers are kept against 
adverse business conditions.

Regulatory capital
No breaches were reported to the FCA during the financial years ended 31 March 2022 and 2021.

Treasury shares
The Group holds 750,000 of its own shares, purchased for total cash consideration of £312,000. In line with the principles of IAS 32 these treasury 
shares have been deducted from equity (note 30). No gain or loss has been recognised in the income statement in relation to these shares.

30. Reserves
Apart from share capital and share premium, the Group holds reserves at 31 March 2022 under the following categories:

Own shares held

(£312,000) (2021: (£312,000))

  the negative balance of the Group’s own shares, which have been  

bought back and held in treasury.

Retained earnings

£11,050,000 (2021: £11,260,000)

  the net cumulative earnings of the Group, which have not been  

paid out as dividends, are retained to be reinvested in our core, or 
developing, companies. 

Other reserves

£4,723,000 (2021: £4,723,000)

  the cumulative premium on the issue of shares as deferred consideration 

for corporate acquisitions £4,612,000 (2021: £4,612,000) and non-
distributable reserve into which amounts are transferred following  
the redemption or purchase of the Group’s own shares £111,000  
(2021: £111,000).

31.    Cash generated by operations

Operating profit for the year 
Adjustments for: 
Amortisation of intangibles 
Changes in the fair value of deferred consideration 
Net change in fair value of financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss* 
Share of associate after tax result 
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 
Depreciation of right-of-use assets** 
Decrease in debtors*** 
Increase in creditors*** 

Net cash inflow 

2022 
£’000 

326 

862 
– 
(347) 
(57) 
303 
873 
(915) 
3,172 

2021
£’000

22

837
31
(362)
(66)
375
961
(24,572)
24,580

4,217 

1,806

*  Revaluation (profit)/loss on proprietary positions. 
**  Lease liability payment associated with RoU assets were £1,052,000 (2021: £1,133,000).
*** Cash inflow from working capital movement of £2,257,000 (2021: £8,000). The movement in working capital includes provisions made in respect of accrued exceptional costs  

of £1,105,000 (2021: £301,000). Actual cash outflow relating to exceptional costs in the year amounted to £435,000 (2021: £118,000).

32.    Financial commitments 
Capital commitments
At the end of the year, there were capital commitments of £nil (2021: £nil) contracted but not provided for and £nil (2021: £nil) capital commitments 
authorised but not contracted for.

Financial statementsWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

91

33.   Related parties 
Directors and their close family members have dealt on standard commercial terms with the Group. The commission and fees earned by the Group 
included in revenue through such dealings is as follows:

Commission and fees received from Directors and their close family members   

2022 
£’000 

15 

2021
£’000 

15 

Other related parties include Charles Russell Speechlys, of which Martin Wright, Chairman, is a Partner. Charles Russell Speechlys provides certain legal 
services to the Group on normal commercial terms and the amount paid and expensed during the year (including the fees paid to the firm for Mr. Wright’s 
services as Director) was £268,000 (2021: £154,000).

Fees of £30,000 (2021: £nil) were received by EnOC Technologies Ltd from CyberQuote Pte Ltd (a company, where Hua Min Lim is a shareholder) for the 
service provided on normal commercial terms.

Commission of £4,245 (2021: £7,587) was earned by the Group from Phillip Securities (HK) Limited (a Phillip Brokerage Pte Limited company, where  
Hua Min Lim is a shareholder) having dealt on standard commercial terms. Additionally, some custody services are provided by Phillip Securities Pte Ltd  
(in Singapore, where Hua Min Lim is a Director), again all on standard commercial terms, both these items being included in revenue. Transactions between 
the Group and its subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated on consolidation and are accordingly not disclosed. Remuneration of the 
Directors who are the key management personnel of the Group are disclosed in the table below.

Key management personnel compensation 
Short-term employee benefits 
Post-employment benefits 
Share-based payment 

2022 
£’000 

2021
£’000 

458 
33 
– 

491 

432
31
–

463

34.    Contingent liability
From time to time, the Group receives complaints or undertakes past business reviews, the outcomes of which remain uncertain and/or cannot be reliably 
quantified based upon information available and circumstances falling outside the Group’s control. Accordingly, contingent liabilities arise, the ultimate 
impact of which may also depend upon availability of recoveries under the Group’s indemnity insurance and other contractual arrangements. Other than 
the complaints deemed to be probable, the Directors presently consider a negative outcome to be remote or a reliable estimate of the amount of a possible 
obligation cannot be made. As a result, no disclosure has been made in these financial statements. As explained in note 4, certain provisions remain subject 
to estimation uncertainty which may result in material variations in such estimates as matters are finalised.

35.    Subsequent events
There are no material events arising after 31 March 2022, which have an impact on these financial statements.

36.   Deferred cash consideration 

Due within one year 
Amounts due to personnel under recruitment contracts/acquisition agreements  

Due after one year 
Amounts due to personnel under recruitment contracts/acquisition agreements  

2022 
£’000 

2021
£’000

89 

29 

–

33

These amounts are based on fixed contractual terms and the fair value of the liability approximates carrying value, due to the consistency of the prevailing 
market rate of interest when compared to the inception of liability.

The presentation of this note was amended in this financial year to show both current and non-current liabilities for deferred cash consideration on the face 
of the statement of financial position. In previous years, deferred cash consideration was only separately disclosed on the statement of financial position 
under non-current liabilities, with current elements of deferred cash consideration being disclosed under other creditors in note 26.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
92

Notes to the accounts continued 
year ended 31 March 2022

37.    Share-based payments
The Group recognised total expenses in the year of £19,431 (2021: £nil) related to equity-settled share-based payment transactions.

Free share-based payment
The Group established a single scheme in the form of conditional share awards with a three year vesting period. No performance conditions were attached 
to the scheme except that the relevant employee is employed at the vesting date. This was settled by the purchase of shares in the open market in benefit 
of the employee and no newly issued or treasury shares can be used to satisfy the award.

One award was made in the financial year.

Share Incentive Plan (“SIP”)
Employees who have been employed for longer than three months and are subject to PAYE are invited to join the SIP. Employees may use funds from 
their gross monthly salary (being not less than £10 and not greater than £150) to purchase Ordinary Shares in the Group (“Partnership Shares”). For 
every Partnership Share purchased, the employee receives matching shares at a rate of 50%. Employees are offered an annual opportunity to top up 
contributions to the maximum annual limit of £1,800 (or 10% of salary, if lower). All shares to date awarded under this scheme have been purchased 
in the market monthly. It is the intention of the Directors to continue this policy in the year to 31 March 2023. 

Financial statementsWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 202293

2021
£’000

3,215
856
17,775

21,846

759
74
359

2022 
£’000  

– 
– 
21,757 

21,757 

758 
– 
335 

1,093 

1,192

22,850 

23,038

(3,407) 

(3,407) 

(2,314) 

(3,162)

(3,162)

(1,970)

– 

– 

(335)

(335)

19,443 

19,541

2,888 
3,763 
(312) 
8,381 
4,723 

2,888
3,763
(312)
8,479
4,723

19,443 

19,541

Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Company balance sheet
as at 31 March 2022

Non-current assets 
Other intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Investments measured at cost less impairment 

Current assets 
Trade and other receivables 
Deferred tax asset 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Total assets 

Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 

Net current assets/(liabilities) 

Long-term liabilities 
Landlord contribution to leasehold improvements 

Net assets 

Equity 
Share capital 
Share premium account 
Own shares 
Retained earnings 
Other reserves 

Equity attributable to equity holders of the Company 

Note 

42 
41 
43 

44 
45 

46 

49 

48 
48 
48 
48 
48 

As permitted by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 the Parent Company has elected not to present its own profit and loss account for the year. 
Walker Crips Group plc reported an after-tax profit for the financial year of £285,000 (2021: after-tax loss of £523,000).

The financial statements of Walker Crips Group plc (Company registration no. 01432059) were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised 
for issue on 29 July 2022.

Signed on behalf of the Board of Directors:

Sanath Dandeniya
Finance Director

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
94

Company statement of changes in equity
year ended 31 March 2022

Equity as at 31 March 2020 

Total comprehensive loss for the period 

Contributions by and distributions to owners 
Dividends paid 

Total contributions by and distributions to owners 

Called up  
share  
capital  
£’000  

Share 
premium 
account  
£’000  

Own 
shares 
held  
£’000  

2,888  

3,763  

(312) 

–  

–  

–  

–  

–  

–  

–  

–  

–  

Other  
£’000  

4,723  

–  

–  

–  

Equity as at 31 March 2021 

2,888  

3,763  

(312) 

4,723  

Total comprehensive income for the period 

Contributions by and distributions to owners 
Dividends paid 

Total contributions by and distributions to owners 

–  

–  

–  

–  

–  

–  

–  

–  

–  

–  

–  

–  

Retained 
earnings  
£’000  

9,066  

(523) 

(64) 

(64) 

8,479 

285 

(383) 

(383) 

Total
equity 
£’000 

20,128 

(523)

(64)

(64)

19,541

285

(383)

(383)

Equity as at 31 March 2022 

2,888 

3,763 

(312) 

4,723 

8,381 

19,443

The Accounting Policies and Notes on pages 95 to 102 form part of these financial statements.

Financial statementsWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

95

Notes to the Company accounts
year ended 31 March 2022

38.    Significant accounting policies 
The separate financial statements of Walker Crips Group plc, the Parent Company, are presented as required by the Companies Act 2006.

The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention except for the modification to a fair value basis for certain financial 
instruments as specified in the accounting policies below, and in accordance with Financial Reporting Standard (FRS 102), the Financial Reporting Standard 
applicable in the UK and the Republic of Ireland, and the Companies Act 2006.

The preparation of financial statements in compliance with FRS 102 requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires Management 
to exercise judgement in applying the Parent Company’s accounting policies (see note 39).

The financial statements are presented in the currency of the primary activities of the Parent Company (its functional currency). For the purpose of the 
financial statements, the results and financial position are presented in GBP sterling (£). The principal accounting policies have been summarised below. 
They have all been applied consistently throughout the year and the preceding year.

The Parent Company has chosen to adopt the disclosure exemption in relation to the preparation of a cash flow statement under FRS 102.

Going concern
After conducting enquiries, the Directors believe that the Parent Company has adequate resources to continue in existence for the foreseeable future. 
Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements. The Parent Company’s business activities, together 
with the factors likely to affect its future development, performance and position, has been rigorously assessed.

Property, plant and equipment
Fixtures and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and provision for any impairment. Depreciation is charged so as to 
write-off the cost or valuation of assets over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method on the following bases:

Computer hardware 
Computer software 
Leasehold improvements 
Furniture and equipment 

331/3% per annum on cost
between 20% and 331/3% per annum on cost
over the term of the lease
331/3% per annum on cost

The gain or loss on the disposal or retirement of an asset is determined as the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the 
asset and is recognised in income. The residual values and estimated useful life of items within property, plant and equipment are reviewed at least 
at each financial year end. Any shortfalls in carrying value are impaired immediately through profit or loss.

Intangible assets
Client lists
Client lists are recognised when it is probable that future economic benefits will flow to the Parent Company and the cost of the asset can be measured 
reliably whilst the risk and rewards have also transferred into the Parent Company’s ownership.

Intangible assets classified as client lists are recognised when acquired as part of a business combination or when separate payments are made to 
acquire clients’ assets by adding teams of investment managers.

The cost of acquired client lists and businesses generating revenue from clients and investment managers are capitalised. These costs are amortised on 
a straight-line basis over their expected useful lives of three to twenty years. The amortisation period and amortisation method for intangible assets are 
reviewed at least each financial year end. All intangible assets have a finite useful life.

Impairment of non-financial assets
At each reporting date, the Parent Company reviews the carrying amounts of its tangible and intangible assets to determine whether there is any 
indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for 
which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash-generating units). If there is an indication of possible impairment, the recoverable amount of any 
affected asset (or group of related assets) is estimated and compared with its carrying amount. If the estimated recoverable amount is lower, the carrying 
amount is reduced to its estimated recoverable amount, and an impairment loss is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

Taxation
The tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable and any deferred tax.

Current tax, including UK corporation tax and foreign tax, is provided at amounts expected to be paid or recovered using the tax rates and laws that have 
been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. Current tax charges arising on the realisation of revaluation gains recognised in the 
statement of comprehensive income are also recorded in this statement.

Deferred tax is recognised in respect of all timing differences that have originated but not reversed at the balance sheet date where transactions or events 
that result in an obligation to pay more tax in the future or a right to pay less tax in the future have occurred at the balance sheet date.

A deferred tax asset is regarded as recoverable and therefore recognised only when, on the basis of all available evidence, it can be regarded as probable 
that there will be suitable taxable profits from which the future reversal of the underlying timing differences can be deducted. Deferred tax assets and 
liabilities are not discounted.

Own shares held 
Own shares consist of treasury shares which are recognised at cost as a deduction from equity shareholders’ funds. Subsequent consideration received  
for the sale of treasury shares is also recognised in equity with any difference being taken to retained earnings. No gain or loss is recognised on sale of 
treasury shares.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 202296

Notes to the Company accounts continued
year ended 31 March 2022

38.    Significant accounting policies continued
Financial instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised in the balance sheet when the Parent Company becomes a party to the contractual provisions  
of the instrument. Section 11 of FRS 102 has been applied in classifying financial instruments depending on the nature of the instrument held.

Revenue
Income consists of profits distribution from Barker Poland Asset Management LLP, interest received or accrued over time and dividend income recorded 
when received.

Investments in subsidiaries
Investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost less, where appropriate, provisions for impairment. 

Debtors
Other debtors are classified as basic financial instruments and measured at initial recognition at transaction price. Debtors are subsequently measured  
at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. A provision is established when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able  
to collect all amounts due.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand and demand deposits, together with other short-term highly liquid investments, which are readily 
convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

Financial liabilities and equity
Financial liabilities and equity instruments are classified according to the substance of the contractual arrangements entered into. An equity instrument 
is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the Parent Company after deducting all of its liabilities. Equity instruments issued by the 
Parent Company are recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs. 

Leases
Rentals under operating leases are charged on a straight-line basis over the lease term even if the payments are not made on such a basis. 
Benefits received as an incentive to enter into an operating lease are also spread on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

39.    Key sources of estimation uncertainty and judgements
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting practice requires Management to make estimates and 
judgements that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the balance sheet 
date and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.

Intangible assets
Acquired client lists are capitalised based on current fair values. By assessing the historic rates of client retention, the ages and succession plans of the 
investment managers who manage the clients and the contractual incentives of the investment managers, the Directors consider a life of up to 20 years  
to be both appropriate and in line with our peers. There were no acquisitions made in the period to 31 March 2022. 

On 1 April 2021, the Company transferred the net book value of client list assets, as well as corresponding liabilities to a fully owned subsidiary Walker Crips 
Investment Management Limited to reflect the correct substance of historical transactions that created them on the balance sheet of the Company (see 
note 42). The adjustment had no impact on the financial performance or position of the Group.

Financial statementsWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

97

40.    Profit for the year
Profit for the financial year of £285,000 (2021: loss of £523,000) is after an amount of £51,000 (2021: £57,000) related to the auditor’s remuneration 
for audit services to the Parent Company.

Particulars of employee costs (including Directors) are as shown below. Employee costs during the year amounted to:

Employee costs during the year amounted to: 
Wages and salaries 
Social security costs 
Other costs 

2022 
£’000 

2021
£’000

175 
25 
– 

200 

147
12
3

162

In the current year, employee costs are those of the Non-Executive Directors, a proportion of Executive Directors and the cost of the Group’s profit share 
scheme. The remaining Executive Directors’ employee costs are borne by Walker Crips Investment Management Limited.

The monthly average number of staff employed during the year was:

Executive Directors 
Non-Executive Directors 

41.    Property, plant and equipment 

Cost 
At 1 April 2021 
Asset transfers on 1 April 2021* 

At 31 March 2022 

Depreciation 
At 1 April 2021 
Asset transfers on 1 April 2021* 
Charge for the year 

At 31 March 2022 

Net book value 

At 31 March 2022 

At 31 March 2021 

2022 
Number 

2021
Number

2 
4 

6 

2
4

6

Leasehold  
                          improvements,  

 furniture and   Computer 
software 
  equipment 
£’000 
£’000 

1,674 
(1,674) 

– 

818 
(818) 
– 

– 

– 

856 

858 
– 

858 

858 
– 
– 

858 

– 

– 

Total
£’000

2,532
(1,674)

858

1,676
(818)
–

858

–

856

*   The cost and accumulated depreciation of leasehold additions, property dilapidation assets and liabilities were transferred on 1 April 2021 to subsidiary Walker Crips Investment 
Management Limited to reflect the real obligation of the subsidiary to pay for the future works. The adjustment had no impact on the financial performance or position of the 
Group, in the current year or prior periods, due to the fact that Walker Crips Investment Management Limited is a wholly owned subsidiary.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
98

Notes to the Company accounts continued
year ended 31 March 2022

42.    Other intangible assets

Cost 
At 1 April 2021 
Asset transfers on 1 April 2021* 

At 31 March 2022 

Amortisation 
At 1 April 2021 
Asset transfers on 1 April 2021* 
Charge for the year 

At 31 March 2022 

Net book value 

At 31 March 2022 

At 31 March 2021 

  Client lists 
£’000 

5,076 
(5,076) 

– 

1,861 
(1,861) 
– 

– 

– 

Total
£’000

5,076
(5,076)

–

1.861
(1,861)
–

–

–

3,215 

3,215

*   On 1 April 2021, the Company transferred the net book value of client list assets, as well as corresponding liabilities to a fully owned subsidiary Walker Crips Investment 

Management Limited to reflect the correct substance of historical transactions that created them on the balance sheet of the Company. The adjustment had no impact  
on the financial performance or position of the Group, in the current year or prior periods, due to the fact that Walker Crips Investment Management Limited is a wholly  
owned subsidiary.

43.    Investments measured at cost less impairment

Subsidiary undertakings 

2022 
£’000 

21,757 

2021
£’000

17,775

During the year, the Company made an investment of £250,000 in Walker Crips Wealth Management Limited, an indirect 100% owned subsidiary of the 
Group. The Company also recognised at £41,352 the investment value at cost of Investorlink Limited, an historically owned dormant subsidiary, which was 
not previously recognised in monetary terms in investments.

In addition, on 1 April 2021, the Company transferred the carrying value of intangible assets, property related assets and related liabilities to its wholly 
owned subsidiary, Walker Crips Investment Management Limited (“WCIM”). The transaction was funded in WCIM by raising an amount of £3,690,000 
by way of a capital contribution from the Company. The Company recognised the capital contribution as an increase in its investment in WCIM by 
£3,690,000.

A complete list of subsidiary undertakings can be found in note 54.

44.    Trade and other receivables 

Amounts owed by Group undertakings 
Prepayments and accrued income 

2022 
£’000 

758 
– 

758 

2021
£’000

751
8

759

A presentational change was made in this note to exclude the deferred tax asset from this grouping and to present it in its own line on the face of the 
statement of financial position. The deferred tax asset is presented separately in note 45.

Financial statementsWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

99

45.    Deferred taxation

At 1 April 
Use of Group Relief 
(Charge)/credit to the income statement 

At 31 March 

2022 
£’000 

74 
(14) 
(60) 

– 

2021
£’000

179
(40)
(65)

74

Deferred tax has been provided at 25% (2021: 19%).

In the Spring Budget 2021, the Government announced that from 1 April 2023, the UK corporation tax rate will increase from 19% to 25%. This will have  
a consequential effect on the Company’s future tax charge.

46.    Trade and other payables

Accruals and deferred income 
Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings 
Other creditors 

2022 
£’000 

61 
3,270 
76 

3,407 

2021
£’000

142
2,730
290

3,162

47.    Risk management policies
Procedures and controls are in place to identify, assess and ultimately control the financial risks faced by the Parent Company arising from its use of 
financial instruments. Steps are taken to mitigate identified risks with established and effective procedures and controls, efficient systems and the 
adequate training of staff.

The Parent Company’s risk appetite, along with the procedures and controls mentioned above, are laid out in the Group’s Internal Capital Adequacy 
Assessment Process document prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”).

The overall risk appetite for the Parent Company and for the Group as a whole is considered by Management to be low, despite operating in a marketplace 
where financial risk is inherent in the core businesses of investment management and financial services.

The Group considers its financial risks arising from its use of financial instruments to fall into three main categories:

(i)  credit risk;
(ii)  liquidity risk; and
(iii) market risk.

Further information on the disclosures and policies carried out by the Parent Company and the Group are made in note 25 of the Consolidated financial statements.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
100

Notes to the Company accounts continued
year ended 31 March 2022

47.   Risk management policies continued
(i) Credit risk
Maximum exposure to credit risk:

Cash 
Other debtors 

As at 31 March 

2022 
£’000 

335 
758 

1,093 

The credit quality of banks holding the Group’s cash at 31 March 2022 is analysed below with reference to credit ratings awarded by Fitch.

A 
A+ 
AA- 

As at 31 March 

Analysis of other debtors due from financial institutions:

Neither past due, nor impaired 

Amounts past due, but not impaired 

< 30 days 
> 30 days 
> 3 months 

2022 
£’000 

– 
335 
– 

335 

2022 
£’000 

758 

– 
– 
– 

– 

*   These disclosures were omitted in the prior year. The correction of these items in prior year do not affect profit or loss or the statement of financial position in the prior  

or current year. These amounts are for disclosure purposes only. 

(ii) Liquidity risk
The tables below analyse the Parent Company’s future undiscounted cash outflows based on the remaining period to the contractual maturity date:

Creditors due within one year 
Creditors due after more than one year 

As at 31 March 

Within one year 
Within two to five years 
After more than five years 

As at 31 March 

2022 
£’000 

3,407 
– 

3,407 

2022 
£’000 

3,407 
– 
– 

3,407 

(iii) Market risk
Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices such as foreign exchange rates or equity prices will affect the Group’s income.

These relate to price risk breached on available-for-sale and trading investments and closely monitored using limits to prevent significant losses.

Fair value of financial instruments
No financial instruments at fair value were held by the Parent Company in the current or prior financial year.

2021
£’000

359
751*

1,110

2021
£’000

–
359
–

359

2021
£’000

751*

–
–
–

–

2021
£’000

3,162
–

3,162

2021
£’000

3,162
–
–

3,162

Financial statementsWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

101

48.    Called-up share capital

Called-up, allotted and fully paid 
43,327,328 (2021: 43,327,328) Ordinary Shares of 62/3p each 

No new shares were issued in the year to 31 March 2022 or the prior year.

2022 
£’000 

2021
£’000

2,888 

2,888 

The Parent Company holds 750,000 of its own shares, purchased for a total cash consideration of £312,000. In line with the principles of FRS 102, section 11, 
these treasury shares have been deducted from equity. No gain or loss has been recognised in the profit and loss account in relation to these shares.

The following movements in share capital occurred during the year:

At 1 April 2021 

At 31 March 2022 

Number 
of shares 

43,327,328 

43,327,328 

Share 
capital 
£’000 

2,888 

2,888 

Share 
premium 
£’000 

3,763 

3,763 

Total
£’000

6,651 

6,651 

Walker Crips is classified for capital purposes as an Investment Management group and performs an Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process 
(“ICAAP”), which is presented to the FCA on request. Regulatory capital resources for ICAAP purposes are calculated in accordance with published rules. 
These require certain adjustments to and certain deductions from accounting capital, the latter largely in respect of intangible assets. The ICAAP compares 
regulatory capital resources against regulatory capital requirements derived using the FCA’s Pillar 1 and Pillar 2 methodology. The Group has adopted 
the standardised approach to calculating its Pillar 1 credit risk component and the basic indicator approach to calculating its operational risk component. 
Capital management policy and practices are applied at both Group and entity level.

In addition to a variety of stress tests performed as part of the ICAAP process, and daily reporting in respect of treasury activity, capital levels are 
monitored and forecast to ensure that dividends and investment requirements are appropriately managed and appropriate buffers are kept against 
adverse business conditions.

Apart from share capital and share premium, the Parent Company holds reserves at 31 March 2022 under the following categories: 

Own shares held

(£312,000) (2021: (£312,000))

  the negative balance of the Parent Company’s own shares that have 

Retained earnings

£8,381,000 (2021: £8,479,000)

been bought back and held in treasury.

  the net cumulative earnings of the Parent Company, which have not 
paid out as dividends, retained to be reinvested in our core or new 
business. 

Other reserves

£4,723,000 (2021: £4,723,000)

  the cumulative premium on the issue of shares as deferred 

consideration for corporate acquisitions £4,612,000 (2021: £4,612,000) 
and non-distributable reserve into which amounts are transferred 
following the redemption or purchase of the Group’s own shares 
£111,000 (2021: £111,000).

49.    Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year

Landlord contribution to leasehold improvements 

2022 
£’000 

– 

– 

2021
£’000

335

335

The landlord contribution towards leasehold improvements was transferred on 1 April 2021 to subsidiary Walker Crips Investment Management Limited 
to reflect the real obligation of the subsidiary to pay for the future works. The adjustment had no impact on the financial performance or position of the 
Group, in the current year or prior periods, due to the fact that Walker Crips Investment Management Limited is a wholly owned subsidiary.

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
102

Notes to the Company accounts continued
year ended 31 March 2022

50.    Financial commitments 
Capital commitments
At the end of the year, there were capital commitments of £nil (2021: £nil) contracted but not provided for and £nil (2021: £nil) capital commitments 
authorised but not contracted for.

Lease commitments
The Company did not have any annual commitments under non-cancellable operating leases (2021: £nil).

51.    Related party transactions
Key Management are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, controlling and directing the activities of the Parent Company and 
Group. In the opinion of the Board, the Parent Company and Group’s key management are the Directors of Walker Crips Group plc.

Total compensation to key management personnel is £491,000 (2021: £463,000).

52.    Contingent liability
From time to time, the Company receives complaints or undertakes past business reviews, the outcomes of which remain uncertain and/or cannot be 
reliably quantified based upon information available and circumstances falling outside the Company’s control. Accordingly contingent liabilities arise, the 
ultimate impact of which may also depend upon availability of recoveries under the Company’s indemnity insurance and other contractual arrangements. 
Other than the complaints deemed to be probable, the Directors presently consider a negative outcome to be remote or a reliable estimate of the amount 
of a possible obligation cannot be made. As a result, no disclosure has been made in these financial statements.

53.    Subsequent events 
There are no material events arising after 31 March 2022, which have an impact on these financial statements.

54.    Subsidiaries and associates

Principal place 
of business 

Principal activity 

Class and percentage
of shares held

Group 

Trading subsidiaries 

Walker Crips Investment Management Limited1 

United Kingdom 

Investment management 

London York Fund Managers Limited2 

United Kingdom 

Management services 

Walker Crips Wealth Management Limited2 

United Kingdom 

Financial services advice 

Ebor Trustees Limited2 

United Kingdom 

Pensions management 

Ordinary Shares 100%

Ordinary Shares 100%

Ordinary Shares 100%

Ordinary Shares 100%

EnOC Technologies Limited1 

United Kingdom 

Financial regulation and other software 

Ordinary Shares 100%

Barker Poland Asset Management LLP1 

United Kingdom 

Investment management 

Membership 100%

Non-trading subsidiaries 

Walker Crips Financial Services Limited1 

United Kingdom 

Financial services 

G & E Investment Services Limited2 

United Kingdom 

Holding company 

Ebor Pensions Management Limited2 

United Kingdom 

Dormant company 

Investorlink Limited1 

Walker Cambria Limited1 

United Kingdom 

Agency stockbroking 

United Kingdom 

Dormant company 

Walker Crips Trustees Limited1 

United Kingdom 

Dormant company 

W.B. Nominees Limited1 

United Kingdom 

Nominee company 

WCWB (PEP) Nominees Limited1 

United Kingdom 

Nominee company 

WCWB (ISA) Nominees Limited1 

United Kingdom 

Nominee company 

WCWB Nominees Limited1 

United Kingdom 

Nominee company 

Walker Crips Consultants Limited1 

United Kingdom 

Dormant company 

Walker Crips Ventures Limited1 

United Kingdom 

Financial services advice 

The registered office for companies and associated undertakings is:

1   Old Change House, 128 Queen Victoria Street, London, England, EC4V 4BJ.
2   Apollo House, Eboracum Way, York, England, YO31 7RE.

Ordinary Shares 100%

Ordinary Shares 100%

Ordinary Shares 100%

Ordinary Shares 100%

Ordinary Shares 100%

Ordinary Shares 100%

Ordinary Shares 100%

Ordinary Shares 100%

Ordinary Shares 100%

Ordinary Shares 100%

Ordinary Shares 100%

Ordinary Shares 100%

Financial statementsWalker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

103

Officers and professional advisers

Directors
Executive Directors
Sean Lam FCPA (Aust.), Chartered FCSI – Chief Executive Officer
Sanath Dandeniya FCCA – Group Finance Director

Non-Executive Directors
Martin Wright – Chairman
Clive Bouch FCA – Audit Committee & Remuneration Committee Chairman & Senior Independent Director
David Gelber
Hua Min Lim

Secretary
Rod Goddard

Registered office
Old Change House
128 Queen Victoria Street
London EC4V 4BJ

Bankers
HSBC Bank plc
London

Solicitors
Charles Russell Speechlys LLP
London

Auditor
PKF Littlejohn LLP
London

Registrars
Neville Registrars Limited
Neville House
Steelpark Road
Halesowen B62 8HD

Design and Production 
www.carrkamasa.co.uk

Walker Crips Group plc - Annual Report and Accounts 2022Walker Crips Group plc
Old Change House,
128 Queen Victoria Street,
London
EC4V 4BJ
020 3100 8000
walkercrips.co.uk
client.services@wcgplc.co.uk